You are on page 1of 234

CHAPTER 9

PROBLEM 9.1

For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the
slope at the free end.

SOLUTION

 Fy = 0:
1
RA = wL = 0
2
1
RA = w0 L
2
 M A = 0:
2L wL
− MA = ⋅ =0
3 2
1
MA = − w0 L2
3

1 1 w x2 x
ΣM J = 0: w0 L2 − w0 Lx + 0 ⋅ + M = 0
3 2 2L 3
1 1 w x3
M = − w0 L2 + w0 Lx − 0
3 2 6L

d2y 1 2 1 w0 x3
EI = − w0 L + w0 Lx −
dx 2 3 2 6L
dy 1 1 w x4
EI = − w0 L2 x + w0 Lx 2 − 0 + C1
dx 3 4 24L
 dy 
x = 0, = 0 : 0 = −0 + 0 − 0 + C1 C1 = 0
 dx 
1 1 w x5
EIy = − w0 L2 x 2 + w0 Lx3 − 0 + C2
6 12 120L
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = −0 + 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

w0  1 3 2 1 1 5
(a) Elastic curve: y =−  Lx − Lx 4 + x 
EIL  6 12 120 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.1 (Continued)

w0 L4  1 1 1  11 w0 L4
(b) y at x = L yB = −  − + =−
EI  6 12 120  120 EI

11 w0 L4
yB = ↓ 
120 EI

dy dy w0 L3  1 1 1  1 w0 L4
(c) at x = L =−  − +  = −
dx dx B EI  3 4 24  8 EI

1 w0 L3
θB = 
8 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.2

For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the
slope at the free end.

SOLUTION

x
ΣM J = 0: (wx) +M =0
2
1
M = − wx 2
2

d2y 1
EI = M = − wx 2
dx 2 2
dy 1
EI = − wx3 + C1
dx 6
 dy  1 3 1 3
 x = L, dx = 0  : 0 = − 6 wL + C1 C1 = 6 wL
 
dy 1 1
EI = − wx3 + wL3
dx 6 6
1 1
EIy = − wx 4 + wL3 x + C2
24 6
1 1
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = − wL4 + wL4 + C2 = 0
24 6
 1 1 3
C2 =  −  wL4 = − wL4
 24 6  24

w
(a) Elastic curve. y =− ( x 4 − 4 L3 x + 3L4 ) 
24EI

3wL4 wL4 wL4


(b) y at x = 0. yA = − =− yA = ↓ 
24EI 8EI 8EI

dy dy wL3 wL3
(c) at x = 0. = θA = 
dx dx A 6EI 6 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.3

For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the free end,
(c) the slope at the free end.

SOLUTION

ΣM J = 0: − M − P( L − x) = 0
M = − P ( L − x)

d2y
EI = − P( L − x) = − PL + Px
dx 2
dy 1
EI = − PLx + Px 2 + C1
dx 2
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 = −0 + 0 + C1 C1 = 0
 
1 1
EIy = − PLx 2 + Px3 + C1x + C2
2 6
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = −0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

Px 2
(a) Elastic curve. y =− (3L − x) 
6 EI
dy Px
=− (2 L − x)
dx 2 EI

PL2 PL3 PL3


(b) y at x = L. yB = − (3L − L) = − yB = ↓ 
6EI 3EI 3EI

dy dy PL PL2 PL2
(c) at x = L. =− (2 L − L) = − θB = 
dx dx B 2EI 2EI 2EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.4
For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the
slope at the free end.

SOLUTION

 M K = 0 : − M0 + M = 0
M = M0

d2y
EI = M = M0
dx
dy
EI = M 0 x + C1
dx
 dy 
 x = L, dx = 0  : 0 = M 0 L + C1 C1 = − M 0 L
 
1
EIy = M 0 x 2 + C1x + C2
2
1 1
[ x = L, y = 0] 0= M 0 L2 − M 0 L2 + C2 C2 = M 0 L2
2 2
M0 2
(a) Elastic curve: y = ( x − 2 Lx + L2 ) 
2EI
M0
y = ( L − x) 2 
2EI

M0 M 0 L2
(b) y at x = 0 : yA = ( L − 0) 2 yA = ↑ 
2EI 2 EI
dy dy M M M L
(c) at x = 0 : = − 0 ( L − x) = − 0 ( L − 0) = − 0
dx dx EI EI EI

w0 L
θA = 
EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.5

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for portion AB of the beam, (b) the deflection at B, (c) the
slope at B.

SOLUTION
Using ABC as a free body,
wL wL
ΣFy = 0: RA − + = 0 RA = 0
2 2
 wL  L  wL2
M A = 0: − M A +    = 0 MA =
 2  2  4
Using AJ as a free body (J between A and B),
wL2 x
ΣM J = 0: − + (wx) + M = 0
4 2
1 2 1 2
M = wL − wx
4 2
d2y 1 1
EI = wL2 − wx 2
dx 2 4 2
dy 1 1
EI = wL2 x − wx3 + C1
dx 4 6
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 = 0 − 0 + C1 C1 = 0
 
1 2 2 1
EIy = wL x − wx 4 + C1x + C2
8 24
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
w 1 2 2 1 4
y =  Lx − x 
(a) Elastic curve. EI  8 24 
dy w 1 2 1 
 =  L x − x3 
dx EI  4 6 

L w  1 2  L 2 1  L   wL4  1
4
1 
(b) y at x = . yB =  L   −   =  − 
2 EI  8  2  24  2   EI  32 384 

11wL4 11wL4
= yB = ↑ 
384EI 384EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.5 (Continued)

dy L w  1 2  L  1  L 3  wL3  1 1
(c) at x = . θB =  L  −   =  − 
dx 2 EI  4  2  6  2   EI  8 48 

5wL3 5wL3
= θB = 
48EI 48EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.6

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for portion AB of the beam, (b) the deflection at B, (c) the
slope at B.

SOLUTION
FBD ABC:
Using ABC as a free body,
2
ΣFy = 0: RA + 2wa − wa = 0
3
4 4
RA = − wa = wa ↓
3 3
2 
ΣM A = 0: −M A + (2wa)(a) −  wa  (3a) = 0
3 
MA = 0
Using AJ as a free body,
FBD AJ:
4   x
ΣM J = 0: M +  wa  ( x) − (wx)   = 0
3  2
1 4
M = wx 2 − wax
2 3
d2y 1 4
EI 2
= wx 2 − wax
dx 2 3
dy 1 3 2
EI = wx − wax 2 + C1
dx 6 3
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 = 0 − 0 + C1 ∴ C1 = 0
 
1 2
EIy = wx 4 − wax3 + C2
24 9
[ x = 0, y = 0]: 0 = 0 − 0 + C2 ∴ C2 = 0
w
(a) Elastic curve over AB. y = (3x 4 − 16ax3 ) 
72EI
dy w 3
  = ( x − 4ax 2 )
dx 6EI
10wa 4 10wa 4
(b) y at x = 2a. yB = − yB = ↓ 
9 EI 9 EI
dy  dy  4wa3 4wa3
(c) at x = 2a.   = − θB = 
dx  dx  B 3EI 3EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.7

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for portion AB of the beam, (b) the slope at A, (c) the slope at B.

SOLUTION

ΣM B = 0:
3  1 
− RA L +  wL  L  = 0
2  4 
3
RA = wL
8

For portion AB only, (0 ≤ x < L)

3 x
ΣM J = 0: − wLx + ( wx) + M = 0
8 2
3 1 2
M = wLx − wx
8 2
d2y 3 1 2
EI = wLx − wx
dx 2 8 2
dy 3 1
EI = wLx 2 − wx3 + C1
dx 16 6
1 1
EIy = wLx3 − wx 4 + C1x + C2
16 24
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
1 1 1
[ x = L, y = 0] 0= wL3 − wL4 + C1L C1 = − wL3
16 24 48
w 1 3 1 4 1 3 
(a) Elastic curve. y =  Lx − x − L x 
EI  16 24 48 
dy w 3 2 1 3 1 3
=  Lx − x − L
dx EI  16 6 48 

dy dy w 1 3 wL3 wL3
(b) at x = 0. = 0 − 0 − L =− θA = 
dx dx A EI  48  48EI 48EI

dy dy w 3 3 1 3 1 3
(c) at x = L. =  L − L − L =0 θ B = 0 
dx dx B EI  16 6 48 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.8

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for portion AB of the beam, (b) the deflection at midspan, (c) the
slope at B.

SOLUTION
Reactions:
1 1  1  1 
ΣM B = 0: − RA L +  w0 L   L  −  w0 L  L  = 0
2 3  4  6 
1
RA = w0 L
8
Boundary conditions: [ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
For portion AB only, (0 ≤ x < L)

1 1w   x
ΣM J = 0: − w0 Lx +  0 x  ( x)   + M = 0
8 2 L  3
1 1 w0 3
M = w0 Lx − x
8 6 L

d2y 1 1 w0 3
EI = w0 Lx − x
dx 2 8 6 L
dy 1 1 w0 4
EI = w0 Lx 2 − x + C1
dx 16 24 L
1 1 w0 5
EIy = w0 Lx3 − x + C1x + C2
48 120 L
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

1 1 1
[ x = L, y = 0] : 0 = w0 L4 − w0 L4 + C1L C1 = − w0 L3
48 120 80
w0  1 2 3 1 5 1 4 
(a) Elastic curve. y =  Lx − x − L x 
EIL  48 120 80 
dy w  1 1 4 1 4
= 0  L2 x 2 − x − L
dx EIL  16 24 80 

L w0  L5 L5 L5  15w0 L4 w0 L4
(b) y at x = . yL 2 =  − −  = − yL 2 = ↓ 
2 EIL  384 3840 160  3840EI 256EI

dy dy w0  L4 L4 L4  2w L3 w0 L3
(c) at x = L. =  − −  = + 0 θB = 
dx dx B EIL  16 24 80  240 EI 120 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.9

Knowing that beam AB is an S200 × 34 rolled shape and that


P = 60 kN, L = 2 m, and E = 200 GPa, determine (a) the slope at A,
(b) the deflection at C.

SOLUTION

Use symmetry boundary conditions at C.


1
By symmetry, RA = RB = P
2
 L
Using free body AJ, 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 L dy   M J = 0 : M − RA x = 0
 x = 2 , dx = 0 
  1
M = RA x = Px
2
d2y 1
EI 2
= Px
dy 2
dy 1
EI = Px 2 + C1
dx 4
1
EIy = Px3 + C1x + C2
12
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
2
 L dy  1 L 1
 x = 2 , dx = 0  0= P + C1 C1 = − PL2
  4  2  16
PL
Elastic curve. y = (4 x3 − 3L2 x)
48EI
dy PL
= (4 x 2 − L2 )
dx 16EI
dy PL2 PL2
Slope at x = 0. =− θA =
dx A 16EI 16 EI

L PL3 PL3
Deflection at x = . yC = − yC = ↓
2 48EI 48EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.9 (Continued)

Data: P = 60 × 103 N, I = 26.9 × 106 mm 4 = 26.9 × 10−6 m 4

E = 200 × 109 Pa EI = 5.38 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 L = 2m

(60 × 103 )(2) 2


(a) θA = θ A = 2.79 × 10−3 rad 
(16)(5.38 × 106 )
(60 × 103 )(2)3
(b) yC = = 1.859 × 10−3 m yC = 1.859 mm ↓ 
(48)(5.38 × 106 )

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.10

Knowing that beam AB is a W10 × 33 rolled shape and that


w0 = 3 kips/ft, L = 12 ft, and E = 29 × 106 psi, determine (a) the
slope at A, (b) the deflection at C.

SOLUTION
Use symmetry boundary conditions at C.
Using free body ACB and symmetry,
1
RA = RB = w0 L
4
L 2w0 x
For 0< x< , w=
2 L
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
dV 2w x
 L dy  = −w = − 0
 x = 2 , dx = 0  dx L
 
dM w x2 w 1 
= V = − 0 + RA = 0  L2 − x 2 
dx L L 4 
w0  1 2 1 3
M =  L x − x  + CM
L 4 3 

But M = 0 at x = 0; hence CM = 0

d2y w 1 1 
EI 2
= 0  L2 x − x3 
dx L 4 3 
dy w 1 1 4
EI = 0  L2 x 2 − x  + C1
dx L 8 12 

 L dy  w0  1 4 1 4 5
 x = 2, dx = 0  0=  L − L + C1 = 0 C1 = − w0 L3
  L  32 192  192

w0  1 2 3 1 5 5
EIy =  Lx − x − w0 L3 x + C2
L  24 120  192

[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

w0  1 2 3 1 5 5 4 
Elastic curve. y =  Lx − x − L x
EIL  24 60 192 
dy w 1 1 4 5 4
= 0  L2 x 2 − x − L 
dx EIL  8 12 192 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.10 (Continued)

Data: w0 = 3 kips/ft, E = 29 × 106 psi, I = 171 in 4

EI = (29 × 106 )(171) = 4.959 × 109 lb ⋅ in 2 = 34.438 × 103 kip ⋅ ft,


L = 12 ft
dy 3   5  4 3
(a) Slope at x = 0. = 3 −   (12)  = −3.92 × 10
dx (34.438 × 10 )(12)   192  

θ A = 3.92 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at x = 6 ft.

3  1  1 5 
yC = 3
2 3
  (12) (6) − (6)5 − (12) 4 (6)  = −15.0531 × 10 −3 ft
(34.438 × 10 )(12)  24  60 192 

yC = 0.1806 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.11

(a) Determine the location and magnitude of the maximum deflection of


beam AB. (b) Assuming that beam AB is a W360 × 64, L = 3.5 m, and
E = 200 GPa, calculate the maximum allowable value of the applied
moment M0 if the maximum deflection is not to exceed 1 mm.

SOLUTION
Using entire beam as a free body,
M0
ΣM B = 0: M 0 − RA L = 0 RA =
L
Using portion AJ ,
M0
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0] ΣM J = 0: M 0 − x+M =0
L
M0
M = ( x − L)
L

d2y M
EI 2
= 0 ( x − L)
dx L
dy M 1 
EI = 0  x 2 − Lx  + C1
dx L 2 
M0  1 3 1 2 
EIy =  x − Lx  + C1x + C2
L 6 2 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
M0  1 3 1 3  1
[ x = L, y = 0] 0=  L − L  + C1L + 0 C1 = M 0L
L 6 2  3
M0  1 3 1 2 1 2  dy M 1 1 
y =  x − Lx + L x  = 0  x 2 − Lx + L2 
EIL  6 2 3  dx EIL  2 3 

dy
(a) To find location maximum deflection, set = 0.
dx

1 2 1  1  1   1
xm − Lxm + L2 = 0 xm = L − L2 − (4)   L2  = 1 − L
2 3  2  3   3 

= 0.42265L xm = 0.423L 

M 0 L2  1  3 1 2 1  M 0 L2
ym =   (0.42265) −   (0.42265) +   (0.42265)  ym = 0.06415 
EI  6  2 3  EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.11 (Continued)

EIym
Solving for M 0 , M0 =
0.06415L2

(b) Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 178 × 106 mm 4 = 178 × 10−6 m 4


L = 3.5m ym = 1 mm = 10−3 m
(200 × 109 )(178 × 10−6 )(10−3 )
M0 = 2
= 45.3 × 103 N ⋅ m
(0.06415)(3.5)

M 0 = 45.3 kN ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.12

For the beam and loading shown, (a) express the magnitude and location of
the maximum deflection in terms of w0, L, E, and I. (b) Calculate the value
of the maximum deflection, assuming that beam AB is a W18 × 50 rolled
shape and that w0 = 4.5 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, and E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

Using entire beam as a free body,


1  L 
ΣM B = 0: − RA L +  w0 L   = 0
2  3 
1
RA = w0 L
6
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
Using AJ as a free body,

1  1 w0 x 2   x 
ΣM J = 0: − w0 Lx +     + M = 0
6  2 L  3 
1 1 w0 3
M = w0 Lx − x
6 6 L

d2y 1 1 w0 3
EI = w0 Lx − x
dx 2 6 6 L
dy 1 1 w0 4
EI = w0 Lx 2 − x + C1
dx 12 24 L
1 1 w0 5
EIy = w0 Lx3 − x + C1x + C2
36 120 L
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
1 1 7w0 L3
[ x = L, y = 0] 0= w0 L4 − w0 L4 + C1L + 0 C1 = −
36 120 360

w0  1 3 1 x5 7 3 
Elastic curve. y =  Lx − − L x
EI  36 120 L 360 
dy w  1 1 x4 7 3 
= 0  Lx 2 − − L
dx EI 12 24 L 360 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.12 (Continued)

dy
(a) To find location of maximum deflection, set = 0.
dx

30 L2 − 900L4 − 420L4
15xm4 − 30L2 xm2 + 7 L4 = 0 xm2 =
30
 8  2
xm2 = 1 −  L = 0.2697 L
2
xm = 0.5193L 
 15
 

w0  1 3 1 (0.5193L5 ) 7 3 
ym =  L (0.5193 L ) − − L (0.5193L) 
EI  36 120 L 360 
w0 L4 w0 L4
= −0.00652 ym = 0.00652 ↓ 
EI EI
4500
(b) Data: w0 = 4.5 kips/ft = = 375 lb/in, L = 18 ft = 216 in.,
12
I = 800 in 4 for W18 × 50.

(0.00652)(375)(216)4
ym = ym = 0.229 in. ↓ 
(29 × 106 )(800)

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.13

For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at


point C. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
[ x = a, y = y]
 dy dy 
 x = a, dx = dx 
 

SOLUTION

Let b = L − a.
Pb
Reactions: RA =
↑,
L
Pa
RB = ↑
L
Bending moments:
Pb
0 < x < a: M = x
L
P
a < x < L: M = [bx − L( x − a)]
L
0< x<a a< x< L
d2y P d2y P
EI 2
= (bx) EI 2
= [bx − L( x − a)]
dx L dx L
dy P1  dy P 1 1 
EI =  bx 2  + C1 (1) EI =  bx 2 − L( x − a) 2  + C3 (3)
dx L2  dx L 2 2 
P1 3 P 1 3 1 
EIy = bx  + C1x + C2 (2) EIy = bx − L( x − a)3  + C3 x + C4 (4)
L  6  L  6 6 
[ x = 0, y = 0] Eq. (2) 0 = 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

 dy dy  P 1 2  P1 2 
 x = a, dx = dx  Eqs. (1) and (3)  ba  + C1 =  ba + 0  + C3 ∴ C3 = C1
L 2 L2
   
P 1 3 
[ x = a, y = y] Eqs. (2) and (4)  ba  + C1a + C2
L 6 

P1 3 
=  ba + 0  + C1a + C4 C4 = C2 = 0
L6 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.13 (Continued)

P 1 3 1 
[ x = L, y = 0] Eq. (4): bL − L( L − a)3  + C3L = 0
L  6 6 
P 1 1  P1 1 
C1 = C3 =  ( L − a)3 − bL2  =  b3 − bL2 
L 6 6  L6 6 
Make x = a in Eq. (2).

P 1 3 1 3 1 2  P(ba3 + b3a − L2ab)


yC = ba + b a − bL a  =
EIL  6 6 6  6 EIL

Data: P = 35 kips, E = 29 × 106 psi


= 29 × 103 kips/in 2
L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft, b = 10 ft
I = 291 in 4 , EI = 8.439 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2
= 58.604 × 103 kip ⋅ ft 2
35
yC = 3
[(10)(5)3 + (103 )(5) − (15) 2 (5)(10)]
(6)(58.604 × 10 )(15)

= −33.179 × 10−3 ft = −0.398 in. yC = 0.398 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.14

For the beam and loading shown, knowing that a = 2 m,


w = 50 kN/m, and E = 200 GPa, determine (a) the slope at
support A, (b) the deflection at point C.

SOLUTION

Using ACB as a free body and noting that L = 3a,

a
 M A = 0: RB L − (wa)   = 0
2
a 1
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0] RB = ( wa) = wa
2L 6
[ x = a, y = y]
 dy dy 
 x = a, dx = dx 
 
5
 Fy = 0: RA + RB − wa = 0 RA = wa
6

0≤ x≤a a≤x≤L

MJ = 0 : MK = 0 :
− M + RB ( L − x) = 0
x
M − RA x + (wx)   = 0
2
1 2 M = RB ( L − x)
M = RA x − wx
2 d y2
2 EI = RB ( L − x)
d y 1 dx 2
EI 2
= RA x − wx 2
dx 2 dy 1
EI = − RB ( L − x) 2 + C3
dy 1 1 dx 2
EI = RA x 2 − wx3 + C1
dx 2 6 1
EIy = RB ( L − x)3 + C3 x + C4
1 1 6
EIy = RA x3 − wx 4 + C1 x + C2
6 24
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = 0 + C3 L + C4 C4 = − C3 L
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
1
EIy = RB ( L − x) 2 − C3 ( L − x) 
1 1 6
EIy = RA x3 − wx 4 + C1x
6 24 dy 1
 EI = − RB ( L − x) 2 + C3
dy 1 2 1 3 dx 2
EI = RA x − wx + C1
dx 2 6

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.14 (Continued)

 dy dy  1 1 1
 x = a, dx = dx  RAa 2 − wa3 + C1 = − RB (2a) 2 + C3
  2 6 2
1 1 1 7
C3 = C1 + RAa 2 − wa3 + RB (2a) 2 = C1 + wa3
2 6 2 12
1 1 1  7 
[ x = a, y = y]
6
R Aa 3 −
24
wa 4 + C1a = RB (2a)3 −  C1 +
6 12
wa3  (2a)
 
1 1 1 7 25
3C1a = − RAa3 + wa 4 + RB (2a)3 − wa 2 (2a) = − wa 4
6 24 6 12 24
25 3
C1 = − wa
72
5 1 25
For 0 ≤ x ≤ a, EIy = wax3 − wx 4 − wa3 x
36 24 72
dy 5 1 25
EI = wax 2 − wx3 − wa3
dx 12 6 72
Data: w = 50 × 103 N/m, a = 2 m, E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 84.9 × 106 mm 4 = 84.9 × 10−6 m 4 , EI = 16.98 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
(a) Slope at x = 0.
dy 25
16.98 × 106 =0−0− (50 × 103 )(2)3
dx A 72
dy
= θ A = −8.18 × 10−3 θ A = 8.18 × 10−3 rad 
dx A

(b) Deflection at x = 2 m.
5 1 25 4 1
EIyC = wa 4 − wa 4 − wa = − wa 4
36 24 72 4
1
16.98 × 106 yC = − (50 × 103 )(2)4 yC = − 11.78 × 10−3 m yC = 11.78 mm ↓ 
4

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.15

For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at


point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Reactions: RA = M 0 /L ↑, RB = M 0 /L ↓

0 < x < a:  M J = 0:
M0
− x+M =0
L
M
M= 0x
L
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
[ x = a, y = y] a < x < L: M K = 0:
 dy dy  M0
 x = a, dx = dx  − x + M0 + M = 0
  L
M
M = 0 ( x − L)
L

0< x<a a< x< L

d 2y M0 d 2y M0
EI = x EI = ( x − L)
dx 2 L dx 2 L
dy M 0  1 2  dy M 0  1 2 
EI =  x  + C1 (1) EI =  x − Lx  + C3 (3)
dx L 2  dx L 2 
M0  1 3  M0  1 3 1 2 
EIy = x + C1x + C2 (2) EIy = x − Lx  + C3 x + C4 (4)
L  6  L  6 2 

[ x = 0, y = 0] Eq. (2): 0 = 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

 dy dy  M0  1 2  M0  1 2 
 x = a, dx = dx  Eqs. (1) and (3): L  2 a  + C1 = L  2 a − La  + C3
     
C3 = C1 + M 0a

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.15 (Continued)

M0  1 3  M0  1 3 1 2 
[ x = a, y = y ] Eqs. (2) and (4):  a  + C1a =
L 6 
 a − La  + ( C1 + M 0a)a + C4
L 6 2 
1
C4 = − M 0a 2
2
M0 1 3 1 3 1
[ x = L, y = 0] Eq. (4):
L 6 2 2
2
 L − L  + (C1 + M 0a) L − M 0a = 0
 
M0  1 2 1 2 
C1 =  L + a − aL 
L 3 2 

M0 1 3  1 2 1 2  
Elastic curve for 0 < x < a. y=  x +  L + a − aL  x 
EIL  6 3 2  

M0 1 3 1 2 1  M 2 1 
Make x = a. yC = a + L a + a3 − a 2 L  = 0  a3 + L2a − La 2 
EIL  6 3 2  EIL  3 3 

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 34.4 × 106 mm 4 = 34.4 × 10−6 m 4 , M 0 = 60 × 103 N ⋅ m


a = 1.2 m, L = 4.8 m

(60 × 103 ) (2)(1.2)3 / 3 + (4.8) 2 (1.2) / 3 − (4.8)(1.2)2 


yC = = 6.28 × 10−3 m
(200 × 109 )(34.4 × 10−6 )(4.8)

yC = 6.28 mm ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.16

Knowing that beam AE is an S200 × 27.4 rolled shape and that


P = 17.5 kN, L = 2.5 m, a = 0.8 m and E = 200 GPa, determine
(a) the equation of the elastic curve for portion BD, (b) the deflection at
the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION
Consider portion ABC only. Apply symmetry about C.
Reactions: RA = RE = P

 dy dy   L dy 
Boundary conditions: [ x = 0, y = 0], [ x = a, y = y],  x = a, =  , x = , = 0
 dx dx   2 dx 

0< x<a a< x< L−a


2
d y d2y
EI = M = Px EI = M = Pa
dx 2 dx 2
dy 1 dy
EI = Px 2 + C1 (1) EI = Pax + C3
dx 2 dx
1
1 3 EIy = Pax 2 + C3 x + C4
EIy = Px + C1x + C2 (2) 2
6
 L dy  1
[ x = 0, y = 0] → C2 = 0  x = 2 , dx = 0  → C3 = − 2 PaL
 

 L dy dy  1 2 1 1 2 1
 x = 2 , dx = dx  Pa + C1 = Pa 2 − PaL C1 = Pa − PaL
  2 2 2 2

 L  1 3 1 2 1  1 1
x = 2 , y = y Pa +  Pa − PaL  a = Pa3 − Pa 2 L + C4
  6  2 2  2 2

1 3
C4 = Pa
6
(a) Elastic curve for portion BD.
1 1 
y =  Pax 2 + C3 x + C4 
EI  2 
P 1 2 1 1 3
y =  2 ax − 2 aLx + 6 a  
EI  

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.16 (Continued)

For deflection at C,
L
set x= .
2
P 1 2 1 2 1 3
yC =  aL − aL + a 
EI 8 4 6 
Pa  1 2 1 2 
=−  L − a 
EI  8 6 

Data: I = 23.9 × 106 mm 4 = 23.9 × 10−6 m 4 ,

E = 200 × 109 Pa
P = 17.5 × 103 N,
L = 2.5 m, a = 0.8 m

(17.5 × 103 )(0.8)  2.52 0.82  −3


(b) yC = −  −  = −1.976 × 10 m yC = 1.976 mm ↓ 
(200 × 109 )(23.9 × 106 )  8 6 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.17

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the
elastic curve, (b) the slope at end A, (c) the deflection at the midpoint
of the span.

SOLUTION

 x2  w
w = w0 1 − 2  = 20 [ L2 − x 2 ]
 L  L
dV w
= −w = 20 [ x 2 − L2 ]
dx L
dM w  x3 
= V = 20  − L2 x  + C1
dx L 3 
w0  1 4 1 2 2 
M = x − L x  + C1x + C2
L2 12 2 
[ x = 0, M = 0]: 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 ∴ C2 = 0
w0  1 4 1 4  5
[ x = L, M = 0]: 0 = L − L  + C1L ∴ C1 = w0 L
L2 12 2  12

d2y w 1 1 5 3 
EI = M = 20  x 4 − L2 x 2 + L x
dx 2 L 12 2 12 
dy w 1 1 5 3 2
EI = 20  x5 − L2 x3 + L x  + C3
dx L  60 6 24 
w0  1 6 1 2 4 5 3 3
EIy =  360 x − 24 L x + 72 L x  + C3 x + C4
L2  
[ x = 0, y = 0]: 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + 0 + C4 ∴ C4 = 0
w0  1 6 1 6 5 6 11
[ x = L, y = 0]: 0 = 2 
L − L + L  + C3 L ∴ C3 = − w0 L3
L  360 24 72  360

(a) Elastic curve. y = w0 ( x 6 − 15L2 x 4 + 25L3 x3 − 11L5 x)/360 EIL2 

dy
= w0 (6 x5 − 60L2 x3 + 75L3 x 2 − 11L5 )/360 EIL2
dx

dy dy 11 w0 L3 11 w0 L3
(b) Slope at end A. Set x = 0 in . =− θA = 
dx dx A 360 EI 360 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.17 (Continued)

L
(c) Deflection at midpoint (say, point C). Set x = in. y. 
2

 1 15 6 25 6 11 6 
yC = w0  L6 − L + L − L  360 EIL2
 64 16 8 2 
 1 60 6 200 6 352 6 
= w0  L6 − L + L − L  360 EIL2
 64 64 64 64 
211 w0 L4 w0 L4
 =−  yC = 0.00916 ↓ 
23040 EI EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.18

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


equation of the elastic curve, (b) the slope at end A, (c) the
deflection at the midpoint of the span.

[ x = 0, M = 0] [ x = L, M = 0]
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]

SOLUTION

Boundary conditions at A and B are noted.


w0
w= (4 Lx − 4 x 2 )
L2
dV w
= −w = 20 (4 x 2 − 4Lx)
dx L
dM w 4 
= V = 20  x3 − 2Lx 2  + C1
dx L 3 
w0  1 4 2 3 
M =  x − Lx  + C1x + C2
L2  3 3 
[ x = 0, M = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
w0  1 4 2 4  1
[ x = L, M = 0] 0=  L − L  + C1L + 0 C1 = w0 L
L2  3 3  3

d2y w 1 2 1 
EI 2
= M = 20  x 4 − Lx3 + L3 x 
dx L 3 3 3 
dy w  1 1 1 
EI = 20  x5 − Lx 4 + L3 x 2  + C3
dx L  15 6 6 
w0  1 6 1 1 3 3
EIy = 2 
x − Lx5 + L x  + C3 x + C4
L  90 30 18 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C4 C4 = 0
w0  1 6 1 6 1 6 1
[ x = L, y = 0] 0= 2 
L − L + L  + C3L + 0 C3 = − w0 L3
L  90 30 18  30

w0  1 6 1 1 3 3 1 5 
(a) Elastic curve. y = 2
x − Lx5 + Lx − L x 
EIL  90 30 18 30 

dy w0  1 5 1 4 1 3 2 1 5
=  x − 6 Lx + 6 L x − 30 L 
dx EIL2  15 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.18 (Continued)

dy dy 1 w0 L3
(b) Slope at end A. Set x = 0 in . =−
dx dx A 30 EI

1 w0 L3
θA = 
30 EI
L
(c) Deflection at midpoint. Set x = in y.
2

w0 L4  1  1  1  1  
6 5 3
 1  1  1 1
yC =    −    +   −  
EI  90  2   30  2  18  2  30  2  

w0 L4  1 1 1 1 61 w0 L4 61 w0 L4
=  − + − =− yC = ↓ 
EI  5760 960 144 60  5760 EI 5760 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.19

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = L, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


Boundary conditions are shown above.
Using free body AJ,
ΣM J = 0: M 0 − RA x + M = 0
M = RA x − M 0

d2y
EI = RA x − M 0
dx 2
dy 1
EI = RA x 2 − M 0 x + C1
dx 2
 dy  1 2
 x = L, dx = 0  0 = 2 RA L − M 0 L + C1
 
1
C1 = M 0 L − RA L2
2
1 1
EIy = RA x3 − M 0 x3 + C1x + C2
6 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] C2 = 0

1 1  1  3 M0
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = RA L3 − M 0 L2 +  M 0 L − RA L2  L + 0 RA = ↑ 
6 2  2  2 L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.20

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION
Reactions are statically indeterminate.
Boundary conditions are shown above.
Using free body KB,
L − x
M K = 0: RB ( L − x) − w( L − x)  −M =0
 2 
1
M = RB ( L − x) − w( L − x) 2
2

d2y 1
EI 2
= RB ( L − x) − w( L − x) 2
dx 2
dy 1 1
EI = − RB ( L − x) 2 + w( L − x)3 + C1
dx 2 6
 dy  1 2 1 3
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 = − 2 RB L + 6 wL + C1
 
1 1
C1 = RB L2 − wL3
2 6
1 1
EI y = RB ( L − x)3 − w( L − x) 4 + C1x + C2
6 24
1 1
[ x = 0, y = 0]: 0 = RB L3 − wL3 + C2
6 24
1 1
C2 = − RB L3 + wL4
6 24
[ x = L, y = 0]: 0 = 0 − 0 + C1L + C2

1 1 1 1 3
RB L3 − wL4 − RB L3 + wL4 = 0 RB = wL ↑ 
2 6 6 24 8

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.21

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = L, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


Boundary conditions are shown above.
w0
w= ( L − x)
L
dV w
= − w = − 0 ( L − x)
dx L
dM w  1 
= V = − 0  Lx − x 2  + RA
dx L  2 
w0  1 2 1 3 
M =−  Lx − x  + RA x
L 2 6 
d2y w 1 1 
EI 2
= − 0  Lx 2 − x3  + RA x
dx L  2 6 
dy w 1 1 4 1
EI = − 0  Lx3 − x  + RA x 2 + C1
dx L 6 24  2
w0  1 4 1 5 1
EIy = −  Lx − x  + RA x3 + C1x + C2
L  24 120  6
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
 dy  w0  1 4 1 4 1
 x = L, dx = 0 −  L − L  + RA L2 + C1 = 0
  L 6 24  2
1 1
C1 = w0 L3 − RA L2
8 2
w0  1 5 1 5 1 1 1 
[ x = L, y = 0] −  L − L  + RA L3 +  w0 L3 − RA L2  L = 0
L  24 120  6 8 2 
1 1 1 1 1 
 2 − 6  RA =  8 − 24 + 120  w0 L
   
1 11 11
RA = w0 L RA = w0 L ↑ 
3 120 40

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.22

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [x = L
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


Boundary conditions are shown above.
Using free body JB,
1 2
ΣM J = 0: −M + RB ( L − x) + w0 ( L − x) ( L − x)
2 3
1 w0 x 1
+ ( L − x) ( L − x ) = 0
2 L 3
w0
M = RB ( L − x) − [2L( L − x) 2 + x( L − x) 2 ]
6L
w
= RB ( L − x) − 0 [2L3 − 4L2 x + 2Lx 2 + xL2 − 2 Lx 2 + x3 ]
6L
w
= RB ( L − x) − 0 ( x3 − 3L2 x + 2L3 )
6L

d2y w
EI 2
= RB ( L − x) − 0 ( x3 − 3L2 x + 2L3 )
dx 6L
dy  1  w 1 3 
EI = RB  Lx − x 2  − 0  x 4 − L2 x 2 + 2L3 x  + C1
dx  2  6L  4 2 
1 1  w  1 1 
EIy = RB  Lx 2 − x3  − 0  x5 − L2 x3 + L3 x 2  + C1x + C2
2 6  6L  20 2 
[ x = 0, y = 0] → C2 = 0
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  → C1 = 0
 

 1 1  w L4  1 1 
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = RB L3  −  − 0  − + 1
 2 6  6  20 2 
1  1  11  11
RB =    w0 L RB = w0 L ↑ 
3  6  20  40

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.23

For the beam shown, determine the reaction at the roller support when
w0 = 15 kN/m.

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


Boundary conditions are shown at left.
Using free body JB,
MJ = 0 :
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
L w0 2
dy − M + x ξ (ξ − x)d ξ + RB ( L − x) = 0
[ x = 0, = 0] L2
dx
w0 L 2
M =  ξ (ξ − x)d ξ − RB (L − x)
L2 x
L
w0  1 4 1 3 
=  ξ − xξ  − RB ( L − x)
L2  4 3 x
w0  1 4 1 3 1 4
= 2 
L − Lx+ x  − RB ( L − x)
L 4 3 12 

d2y w 1 1 1 4
EI = 20  L4 − L3 x + x  − RB ( L − x)
dx 2 L 4 3 12 
dy w 1 1 1 5  1 
EI = 20  L4 x − L3 x 2 + x  − RB  Lx − x 2  + C1
dx L 4 6 60   2 
w0  1 4 2 1 3 3 1 6 1 1 
EIy =  Lx − Lx + x  − RB  Lx 2 − x3  + C1x + C2
L2  8 18 360   2 6 
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 = 0 + 0 + C1 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
1 1 1  4 1 1 3
[ x = L, y = 0]  − +  w0 L −  −  RB L = 0
 8 18 360  2 6
13 1 13
w0 L4 − RB L3 = 0 RB = w0 L
180 3 60
Data: w0 = 15 kN/m L = 3m
13
RB = (15)(3) = 9.75 kN RB = 9.75 kN ↑ 
60

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.24

For the beam shown, determine the reaction at the roller support when
w0 = 6 kips/ft.

SOLUTION
Reactions are statically indeterminate.
Boundary conditions are shown at left.

x2
w = w0
L2
dV w
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0] = −w = − 20 x 2
dx L
 dy 
 x = L, dx = 0  dM w x3
= V = − 20 + RA
 
dx L 3
w0 x 4
M =− + RA x
L2 12

d2y w0 x 4
EI = − + RA x
dx 2 L2 12
dy w x5 1
EI = − 20 + RA x 2 + C1
dx L 60 2
w0 x6 1
EIy = − 2
+ RA x3 + C1x + C2
L 360 6
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
 dy  1 1 1 1
 x = L, dx = 0  − w0 L3 + RA L2 + C1 = 0 C1 = w0 L3 − RA L2
  60 2 60 2
1 1  1 1 
[ x = L, y = 0] − w0 L4 + RA L3 +  w0 L4 − RAL3  L = 0
360 6  60 2 
1 1  1 1 
 −  RA =  −  w0 L
2 6  60 360 
1 1 1
RA = w0 L RA = w0 L
3 72 18
Data: w0 = 6 kips/ft, L = 12 ft
1
RA = (6)(12) RA = 4.00 kips ↑ 
18

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.25

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending moment
diagram for the beam and loading shown.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [x =
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION
Reactions are statically indeterminate.

ΣFy = 0: RA + RB = 0 RA = − RB

ΣM A = 0: − M A − M 0 + RB L = 0 M A = RB L − M 0

L
0 <x <
2

M = RB x + M A = −M 0 + RB L − RB x

d2y
EI = − M 0 + RB ( L − x)
dx 2
dy  1 
EI = − M 0 x + RB  Lx − x 2  + C1
dx  2 
1 1 1 
EIy = − M 0 x 2 + RB  Lx 2 − x3  + C1x + C2
2 2 6 

L
< x< L
2

M = RB ( L − x)

d2y
EI = RB ( L − x)
dx 2
dy  1 
EI = RB  Lx − x 2  + C3
dx  2 
1 1 
EIy = RB  Lx 2 − x3  + C3 x + C4
2 6 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.25 (Continued)

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

 L dy dy 
 x = 2 , dx = dx 
 

L 1 1  1 1  M 0L
−M 0 + RB  L2 − L2  = RB  L2 − L2  + C3 C3 = −
2 2 6  2 6  2

 L 
x = 2 , y = y
 
2
1 L 1 1 3 1 1 3 L
− M 0   + RB  L3 − L  = RB  L3 − L  + C3 + C4
2 2 8 48  8 48  2

1 1
C4 = − M 0 L2 − C3 L
8 2
 1 1 1
=  − +  M 0 L2 = M 0 L2
 8 4 8
[ x = L, y = 0]

1 1  M L 1
RB  L3 − L3  + 0 L + M 0 L2 = 0
2 6  2 8

1 1 3 1 1 2 1 3 M0
 2 − 6  RB L =  2 − 8  M 0 L 3
RB =
8 L
   
9 M0
RB = ↑ 
8 L
9 1 1
MA = M0 − M0 = M0 MA = M0 
8 8 8
9 M0 7 7
M C − = −M 0 + = − M0 M C− = − M0 
8 L 16 16
 L  9 M0  L  9 9
M C + = RB  L −  =   = M0 M C+ = M0 
 2  8 L  2  16 16

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.26

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the


bending moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION
Reactions are statically indeterminate.

ΣFy = 0 : RA + RB − P = 0 RA = P − RB

1
ΣM A = 0: − M A + PL − RB L = 0
2
1
M A = RB L − PL
2
1
0< x< L:
2

M = M A + RA x

d2y
EI = M A + RA x
dx 2
dy 1
EI = M A x + RA x 2 + C1
dx 2
1 1
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 + C1x + C2
2 6
1
L< x<L:
2

 1 
M = M A + RA x − P  x − L 
 2 

d2y  1 
EI = M = M A + RA x − P  x − L 
dx 2  2 
2
dy 1 1  1 
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − P  x − L  + C3
dx 2 2  2 
3
1 1 1  L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 − P  x −  + C3 x + C4
2 6 6  2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.26 (Continued)

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 

[ x = 0, y = 0 ] 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

 L dy dy 
 x = 2 , dx = dx 
 
1 1 1 1
M A L + RA L2 + 0 = M A L + RA L2 − 0 + C3 C3 = 0
2 8 2 8
 L 
x = 2 , y = y
 
1 1 1 1
M A L2 + RA L3 + 0 + 0 = M A L2 + RAL3 − 0 + 0 + C4 C4 = 0
8 48 8 48
[ x = L, y = 0]

1 1 1
M A L2 + RA L3 − PL3 + 0 + 0 = 0
2 6 48
1 1  3 1 3 1 5
 RB L − P  L + ( P − RB ) L − PL3 = 0 RB = P↑ 
2 2  6 48 16

5 7
RA = P − P RA = P↑
16 16
5 1 3
MA = PL − PL MA = − PL 
16 2 16
 L   5  L  5
M C = RB   =  P   MC = PL 
 2   16  2  32

MB = 0 

Bending moment diagram

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.27

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending moment
diagram for the beam and loading shown.

SOLUTION
Reactions are statically indeterminate.
L
0< x<
2

d2y
EI = M = RA x (1)
dx 2
dy 1
EI = RA x 2 + C1 (2)
dx 2
1
EIy = RA x3 + C1x + C2 (3)
6
L
< x< L
2
2
d2y 1  L
EI = M = RA x − w  x −  (4)
dx 2 2  2
3
dy 1 1  L
EI = RA x 2 − w  x −  + C3 (5)
dx 2 6  2
4
1 1  L
EIy = R A x3 − w x −  + C3 x + C4 (6)
6 24  2

[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
2 2
 L dy dy  1 L 1 L
 x = 2 , dx = dx  RA   + C1 = RA   + 0 + C3 C1 = C3
  2 2 2 2
3 3
 L  1 L L 1 L L
x = 2 , y = y RA   + C1 + C2 = RA   − 0 + C3 + C4 C2 = C4 = 0
  6 2 2 6 2 2
3
 dy  1 1 L 1 1
 x = L, dx = 0  Rx L2 − w   + C3 = 0 C3 = wL3 − RA L2
  2 6 2 48 2
4
1 1 L  1 1 
[ x = L, y = 0]
6
RAL2 − w +
24  2   48
wL3 − RA L2  L + 0 = 0
2 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.27 (Continued)

1 1 3  1 1  4 1 7 7
 2 − 6  RA L =  48 − 384  wL RA = wL RA = wL ↑ 
    3 384 128
L L 7
From (1), with x = , M C = RA   = wL2 M C = 0.02734 wL2 
2  2  256
2
1 L  7 1 9
From (4), with x = L, MB = RA L − w   =  −  wL − wL2
2 2  128 8  128
M B = − 0.07031wL 
Location of maximum positive M:
L  L L R 7
< x< L Vm = RA − w  xm −  = 0 xm − = A = L
2  2 2 w 128
L 7 71
xm = + L= L
2 128 128
2
1  L
From (4), with x = xm , M m = RA xm − w xm − 
2  2
2
 7  71  1  7 
= wL  L  − w L M m = 0.02884 wL2 
 128  128  2  128 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.28

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending moment
diagram for the beam and loading shown.

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


w0 L w0 L
ΣFy = 0 : RA + RB − =0 RB = − RA
4 4
 w L  2L  w0 L2
ΣM B = 0 : − RA L +  0   + MB = 0 M B = RA L −
 4  3  6

L L
0≤ x ≤ : ≤ x≤ L:
2 2
2w0
w= x w0 L  L
L M = RA x − x − 
4  3
w0 2
V = RA − x d2y
L 1 1 
EI 2
= RA x − w0 L  x − L
w dx  4 12 
M = RA x − 0 x 3
3L dy 1 1 1 
EI = RA x 2 − w0 L  x 2 − Lx  + C3
dx 2 8 12 
d2y w
EI = RA x − 0 x 3 1  1 1 
dx 2
3L EIy = RA x3 − w0 L  x3 − Lx 2  + C3 x + C4
6  24 24 
dy 1 1 w0 4
EI = RA x 2 − x + C1
dx 2 12 L
1 1 w0 5
EIy = RA x3 − x + C1x + C2
6 60 L

[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 ∴ C2 = 0

 L dy dy  1 2 1 3 1 2 1 3 1
 x = 2 , dx = dx  : 8 RA L − 192 w0 L + C1 = 8 RA L + 96 w0 L + C3 ∴ C3 = C1 − 64 w0 L
 

 L  1 3 1 4 1
 x = 2 , y = y  : 48 RA L − 1920 w0 L + 2 C1L + 0
 

1  1 3 1 3
= RA L3 − w0 L  L − L
48  192 96 

 1  L  1
+  C1 − w0 L3   + C4 ∴ C4 = w0 L4
 64  2  480

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.28 (Continued)

 dy  1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
 x = L, dx = 0 : 2 RA L − w0 L  8 L − 12 L  + C3 = 0 ∴ C3 = − 2 RA L + 24 w0 L
   
1  1 1 3  1 1  1
[ x = L, y = 0] : RA L3 − w0 L  L3 − L  +  − RA L2 + w0 L3  ( L) + w0 L4 = 0
6  24 24   2 24  480

21
RA = w0 L ↑ 
160
w0 L 21 19
RB = − w0 L RB = w0 L ↑
4 160 160

21 w L2 17
MB = w0 L2 − 0 MB = − w0 L2 = −0.0354w0 L2 
160 6 480
L w 21 w
Over 0< x< , V = RA − 0 x 2 = w0 L − 0 x 2
2 L 160 L
V = 0 at x = xm = 0.36228L

21 w
M = w0 Lx − 0 x3 M A = M ( x = 0) = 0
160 3L

 L
M C = M  x =  = 0.0240w0 L2 M m = M ( xm = 0.36228L) = 0.0317 w0 L2 
 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.29

Determine the reaction at the roller support and the


deflection at point C.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 
 L 
x = 2 , y = y
 
 L dy dy 
 x = 2 , dx = dx 
 

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


1 1
ΣFy = 0: RA + wL − wL + RB = 0 RA = − RB
2 2
1 L
ΣM A = 0: − M A −  wL  + RB L = 0
2 2
1 2
M A = RB L − wL
4

L
From A to C: 0< x≤
2

d2y 1
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x + wx 2
dx 2
dy 1 1
EI = M A x + RA x 2 + wx3 + C1
dx 2 6
1 1 1
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 + wx 4 + C1x + C2
2 6 24

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.29 (Continued)

L
From C to B: ≤ x< L
2
2
d2y 1  L 1  L
EI 2 = M = M A + RA x + wL  x −  − w  x − 
dx 2  4 2  2
2 3
dy 1 1  L 1  L
EI = M A x + RA x 2 + wL  x −  − w  x −  + C3
dx 2 4  4 6  2
3 4
1 1 1  L 1  L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 + wL  x −  − w  x −  + C3 x + C4
2 6 12  4 24  2

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 + 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

 L dy dy 
 x = 2 , dx = dx 
 
2 3 2
L 1 L 1 L L 1 L
MA − RA   + w   = M A + RA  
2 2 2 6 2 2 2 2
2
1 L
+ wL   − 0 + C3
4 4
 1 1  3 1 3
C3 =  −  wL = 192 wL
 48 64 

 L 
x = 2 , y = y
 
2 3 4
1 L 1 L 1 L
M A   + RA   + w 
2 2 6 2 24  2 

2 3 3
1 L 1 L 1 L
= M A   + RA   + wL  
2 2 6 2 12 4
1 L
−0+ wL3   + C4
192 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.29 (Continued)

 1 1 1  4 1 4
C4 =  − −  wL = − 768 wL
 384 768 384 
[ x = L, y = 0]
3 4
1 1 1  3L  1 L
M A L2 + RA L3 + wL   − w 
2 6 12  4  24  2 
1 1
+ wL3 ( L) − wL4 = 0
192 768
1 1  1  27 1 1 1  4
 RB L − wL2  L2 + (− RB ) L3 +  − + −  wL = 0
2 4  6  768 384 192 768 

1 1 3 1 7  4 1 17 17
 2 − 6  RB L =  8 − 192  wL 3
RB =
192
wL RB = wL ↑ 
    64

17
RA = − RB = − wL
64
1 2  17 1  2 1
M A = RB L − wL =  −  wL = wL2
4  64 4  64

 L
Deflection at C.  y at x = 2 
 
2 3 4
1 L 1 L 1 L
EIyC = M A   + RA   + w 
2 2 6 2 24  2 
2 3 4
1 1 2  L  1  17  L  1 L
=  wL   +  − wL   + w 
2  64  2  6  64  2  24  2 
 1 17 1  4 1 1 wL4
= − +  wL = − wL4 yC = ↓ 
 512 3072 384  1024 1024 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.30

Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at


point C.

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


L
0 < x<
2

d2y 1
EI 2
= M = RA x − wx 2
dx 2
dy 1 1
EI = RA x 2 − wx3 + C1
dx 2 6
1 1
EIy = RA x3 − wx 4 + C1x + C2
6 24
L
< x< L (See free body diagram.)
2
 1  L
 M K = 0: − RA x + wL  x −  + M = 0
2  4 

d2y 1  1 
EI 2
= M = RA x − wL  x − L 
dx 2  4 
2
dy 1 1  L
EI = RA x 2 − wL  x −  + C3
dx 2 4  4
3
1 1  L
EIy = RA x 3 − wL  x −  + C3 x + C4
6 12  4

[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

2 3 2 2
 L dy dy  1 L 1 L 1 L 1 L
 x = 2 , dx = dx  : RA   − w   + C1 = RA   − wL   + C3
  2 2 6 2 2 2 4 4

1 1 1
C1 = C3 + wL3 − wL3 = C3 + wL3
48 64 192
3 4 3 3
 L  1 L 1 L  1 3 L 1 L 1 L L
 x = 2 , y = y  : 6 RA  2  − 24 w  2  +  C3 + 192 wL  2 = 6 RA  2  − 12 wL  4  + C3 2 + C4
           

1 1 1 1
C4 = − wL4 + wL4 + wL4 = wL4
384 384 768 768

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.30 (Continued)

2
 dy  1 1  3L  9 1
 x = L, dx = 0  : RAL2 − wL   + C3 = 0 C3 = wL3 − RAL2
  2 4  4  64 2
3
1 1  3L   9 1  1
[ x = L, y = 0] : RA L3 − wL   +  wL3 − RA L2  L + wL4 = 0
6 12  4   64 2  768

1 1 3  9 27 1  4 1 41 41
 2 − 6  RA L =  64 − 768 + 768  wL 3
RA =
384
wL RA = wL ↑ 
    128

9 1 41 3 5
C3 = wL3 − wL = − wL3
64 2 128 256
5 1 11
C1 = − wL3 + wL3 = − wL3
256 192 768
 L
Deflection at C.  y at x = 2 
 

wL4  1 41 
3 4
1 1 1 11 1
yC =  ⋅ ⋅  − ⋅  − ⋅ + 0
EI  6 128 2 24 2 768 2 

 41 1 11  wL4 19 wL4 19 wL4


= − −  = − yC = ↓ 
 6144 384 1536  EI 6144 EI 6144 EI

wL4  1 41  1  1 
3 3
1 1 5 1
or yC =  ⋅   − ⋅  + ⋅ + 
EI  6 128  2  12  4  256 2 768 

 41 1 5 1  wL4 19 wL4
= − − +  = −
 6144 768 512 768  EI 6144 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.31

Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at


point D if a is equal to L/3.

SOLUTION

ΣFy = 0: RA + RB = 0 RA = − RB

ΣM A = 0: M 0 − M A + RB L = 0 M A = RB L + M 0
0 ≤ x ≤ a:

M = M A + RA x

d2y
EI = M = M A + RA x
dx 2
dy 1
EI = M A x + RA x 2 + C1
dx 2
1 1
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 + C1x + C2
2 6
a ≤ x ≤ L:

M = M A + RA x − M 0

d2y
EI = M = M A + RA x − M 0
dx 2
dy 1
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − M 0 x + C3
dx 2
1 1 1
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 − M 0 x 2 + C3 x + C4
2 6 2
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 : 0 + 0 + C1 = 0 ∴ C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0

 dy dy 
 x = a, dx = dx  :
 
1 1
M Aa + RAa 2 = M Aa + RAa 2 − M 0a + C3 ∴ C3 = M 0a
2 2
[ x = a, y = y] :
1 1 1 1 1 1
M Aa 2 + RAa 3 = M Aa 2 + RAa3 − M 0a 2 + ( M 0a)(a) + C4 ∴ C4 = − M 0a 2
2 6 2 6 2 2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.31 (Continued)

[ x = L, y = 0] :

1 1 1 1
M A L2 + RA L3 − M 0 L2 + (M 0a)( L) − M 0a 2 = 0
2 6 2 2
1 1 1 1
( RB L + M 0 ) L2 + (− RB ) L3 − M 0 L2 + M 0aL − M 0a 2 = 0
2 6 2 2
3M 0a 3M 0  L  L  5M 0 5M 0
RB = 3
( a − 2 L) = 3  
− 2L  = − RB = ↓ 
2L 2L  3  3  6L 6L

 L
Deflection at D.  y at x = a = 3 
 

1 1 2 1 3
yD =  M A x + RA x 
EI 2 6 
1  1  5M  L 
2
1  5M 0  L  
3
0
=  − L + M 0   +  +   
EI  2  6L  3  6  6 L  3  

7 M 0 L2 7 M 0 L2
=− yD = ↑ 
486 EI 486EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.32

Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at


point D if a is equal to L/3.

SOLUTION
0 ≤ x ≤ a:

M = RA x

d2y
EI = M = RA x
dx 2
dy 1
EI = RA x 2 + C1
dx 2
1
EIy = RA x3 + C1x + C2
6
a ≤ x ≤ L:

M = RA x − P( x − a)

d2y
EI = M = RA x − P( x − a)
dx 2
dy 1 1
EI = RA x 2 − P( x − a) 2 + C3
dx 2 2
1 1
EIy = RA x3 − P( x − a)3 + C3 x + C4
6 6
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0

 dy dy 
 x = a, dx = dx  :
 
1 1
RAa 2 + C1 = RAa 2 − 0 + C3 ∴ C1 = C3
2 2
[ x = a, y = y] :

1 1
RAa3 + C1a + 0 = RAa 3 − 0 + C1a + C4 ∴ C4 = 0
6 6
 dy 
 x = L, dx = 0  :
 
1 1 1 1
RA L2 − P( L − a) 2 + C3 = 0 ∴ C3 = P( L − a)2 − RA L2
2 2 2 2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.32 (Continued)

[ x = L, y = 0] :

1 1 1 1 
RA L3 − P( L − a)3 +  P( L − a) 2 − RA L2  ( L) + 0 = 0
6 6 2 2 

P 3 2 3 P  3 3 L3  14
RA = (2 L − 3aL + a ) =  2 L − L +  RA = P ↑ 
2 L3 2 L3  9  27

 L
Deflection at D.  y at x = a = 3 
 

1  1  L 3  L  
yD =  RA   + C1   
EI  6  3   3  

1  1  14  L 3  1  L
2
1  14  2   L  
=   P   +  P  L −  −  P  L   
EI  6  27  3   2  3 2  27    3  

20 PL3 20 PL3
=− yD = ↓ 
2187 EI 2187 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.33

Determine the reaction at A and draw the bending moment


diagram for the beam and loading shown.

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


dy L
Because of symmetry, = 0 and V = 0 at x = .
dx 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 L
 dy   dy  Use portion AC of beam.  0 < x ≤ 2 
 x = 0, dx = 0   x = L, dx = 0   
   
 L 
 x = 2 , V = 0
 
 L dy 
 x = 2 , dx = 0 
 
dV w
= − w = −2 0 x
dx L
dM w
= V = − 0 x 2 + RA (1)
dx L

d2y 1 w0 3
EI 2
=M =− x + RA x + M A (2)
dx 3 L
dy 1 w0 4 1
EI =− x + RA x 2 + M A x + C1 (3)
dx 12 L 2
1 w0 2 1 1
EIy = − x + RA x3 + M A x 2 + C1x + C2 (4)
60 L 6 2
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + C1 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 = 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
2
 L  w0  L  wL
 x = 2 , V = 0 : −
L  2 
+ RA = 0 RA = 
  4
4 2
 L dy  1 w0  L  11  L L
 x = 2 , dx = 0  : −
12 L  2 
+  w0 L    + M A + 0 = 0
24 2 2
   
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.33 (Continued)

 1 1  2 5 2
M A = −2  −  w0 L = − 96 w0 L M A = −0.05208w0 L2 
 32 192 
L
From (2), with x = ,
2
3
1 w0  L  1  L  5
MC = −   +  w0 L   − w0 L12
3 L 2 4  2  96

 1 1 5  1
= − + −  w0 L2 = w0 L2 M C = 0.03125w0 L2 
 24 8 96  32

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.34

Determine the reaction at A and draw the bending moment diagram for
the beam and loading shown.

[ x = 0, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 
 L dy 
 x = 2 , dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

dy L
By symmetry, RA = RB and = 0 at x= .
dx 2
1
ΣFy = 0 : RA + RB − P = 0 RA = RB = P 
2
Moment reaction is statically indeterminate.
L
0< x< :
2

1
M = M A + RA x = M A + Px
2
d2y 1
EI 2
= M A + Px
dx 2
dy 1
EI = M A x + Px 2 + C1
dx 4
P  1 3 Pa3
yB =  −0 + 0 + a =
EI  12  12EI
2
 L dy  L 1 L
 x = 2 , dx = 0  M A 2 + 4 P  2  + 0 = 0
   
1 1
M A = − PL MA = PL 
8 8
1
By symmetry, MB = MA MB = PL 
8
1 L 1 1 1
MC = M A + P = − PL + PL MC = PL 
2 2 8 4 8

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.35

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


equation of the elastic curve, (b) the slope at end A, (c) the
deflection of point C.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]

SOLUTION
Reactions:
M0 M0
RA = ↑, RB = ↓
L L
0< x<a M = RA x
a< x< L M = RA x − M 0

Using singularity functions,

d2y
EI 2
= M = RA x − M 0  x − a 0
dx
dy 1
EI = RA x 2 − M 0  x − a1 + C1
dx 2
1 1
EIy = RA x3 − M 0  x − a 2 + C1x + C2
6 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0
1 1
[ x = L, y = 0] RA L3 − M 0 ( L − a) 2 + C1L + 0 = 0
6 2
1 M0 3 1
C1L = − L + M 0b 2
6 L 2
M0
C1 = (3b2 − L2 )
6L
1 1 M0 3 1 M 
(a) Elastic curve. y =  x − M 0  x − a 2 + 0 (3b 2 − L2 ) x 
EI  6 L 2 6L 

y =
M0
6 EIL
{
x3 − 3L x − a 2 + (3b 2 − L2 ) x  }
dy
dx
=
M0
6EIL
{
3x 2 − 6L x − a1 + (3b 2 − L2 ) }

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.35 (Continued)

 dy 
(b) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0 
 
M0 M0
θA = {0 − 0 + 3Lb 2 − L3} θA = (3b 2 − L2 ) 
6EIL 6EIL
(c) Deflection at C. ( y at x = a)

M0 3
yC = {a − 0 + (3b2 − L2 )a}
6 EIL
M 0a 2
= {a + 3b 2 − (a + b)2}
6 EIL
M 0a 2
= { a + 3b 2 − a 2 − 2ab − b 2}
6 EIL
M 0a
= {2b 2 − 2ab}
6 EIL
M 0ab
yC = (b − a) ↑ 
3EIL

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.36

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


equation of the elastic curve, (b) the slope at end A, (c) the
deflection of point C.

[ x = 0, M = 0] [ x = L, M = 0]
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]

SOLUTION

Pb
ΣM B = 0: − RA L + Pb = 0 RA =
L
dM Pb
= V = RA − P x − a 0 = − P x − a 0
dx L
Pb
M = x − P x − a1 + M A
L
d2y Pb
EI 2
= x − P  x − a
dx L
dy Pb 2 1
EI = x − P x − a 2 + C1
dx 2L 2
Pb 3 1
EIy = x − P x − a 3 + C1x + C2
6L 6
[ x = 0, y = 0] C2 = 0

Pb 3 1
[ x = L, y = 0] L − P( L − a)3 + C1L = 0
6L 6
1R 1 Pb 2
C1 = − (bL2 − b3 ) = − (L − b2 )
6L 6 L
P b 3 1 3 1b 2 
(a) Elastic curve. y =  x −  x − a − ( L − b2 ) x 
EI  6L 6 6L 
P
y = {bx3 − L x − a 3 − b( L2 − b2 ) x} 
6 EIL
(b) Slope at end A.
dy Pb 2
EI = C1 = − (L − b2 )
dx x=0 6L
Pb 2 Pb 2
θA = − (L − b2 ) θA = (L − b2 ) 
6 EIL 6EIL

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.36 (Continued)

(c) Deflection at C.

Pb 3 Pba3 Pb 2
EIyC = a + C1a = − ( L − b 2 )a
6L 6L 6L
Pba 2
= (a − L2 − b 2 )
6L
Pab 2
yC = − (L − a 2 − b2 )
6EIL
=−
Pab
6EIL
{
a 2 + 2ab + b 2 − a 2 − b 2 }
Pa 2b 2 Pa 2b 2
=− yC = ↓ 
3EIL 3EIL

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.37

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


equation of the elastic curve, (b) the slope at at the free
end, (c) the deflection of the free end.

SOLUTION

ΣFy = 0: RA − P − P = 0 RA = 2 P

ΣM A = 0: − M A − Pa − P(2a) = 0 M A = −3Pa

dM
= V = 2 P − P x − a 0
dx
d2y
EI = M = 2 Px − P x − a1 − 3Pa
dx 2
dy 1
EI = Px 2 − P x − a 2 − 3Pax + C1
dx 2
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : 0 − 0 − 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
1 3 1 3
EIy = Px − P x − a 3 − Pax 2 + C2
3 6 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 − 0 − 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

1 3 1 3
EIy = Px − P x − a 3 − Pax 2
3 6 2
P 1 3 1 3 3 2
(a) Elastic curve. y=  x −  x − a − ax  
EI  3 6 2 
dy P  2 1 2 
= x − x−a − 3ax 
dx EI  2 

 dy 
(b) Slope at end C.  dt at x = 2a 
 

dy P  2 1 2  5Pa 2 5Pa 2
= (2a) − a − (3a)(2a)  = − θC = 
dx A EI  2  2EI 2EI

(c) Deflection at end C. ( y at x = 2a) 

P 1 3 1 3 3  2 7 Pa3 7 Pa3
yA =  (2a) − a −  a  (2a)  = − yC = ↓ 
EI  3 6 2   2EI 2 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.38

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


equation curve, (b) the slope at the free end, (c) the
deflection of the free end.

SOLUTION

dM
= V = − P − P  x − a 0
dx
d2y
EI 2
= M = − Px − P x − a1
dx
dy 1 1
EI = − Px 2 − P x − a 2 + C1
dx 2 2
1 3 1
EIy = − Px − P x − a 3 + C1x + C2
6 6
 dy  1 2 1 2 5 2
 x = 2a, dx = 0  − 2 P(2a) − 2 P(a) + C1 = 0 C1 =
2
Pa
 
1 1 5 7
[ x = 2a, y = 0] −
6
P(2a)3 − P(a)3 + Pa 2 (2a) + C2 = 0
6 2
C2 = − Pa3
2
1 1 3 3
EIy = − Px3 − P x − a 3 + Pa 2 x − Pa3
6 6 2 2
P  1 3 1 3 5 2 7 3
(a) Elastic curve. y =  − x −  x − a + a x − a  
EI  6 6 2 2 

dy P  1 2 1 2 5 2
=  − x −  x − a + a  
dx EI  2 2 2 

 dy  dy 5Pa 2 5Pa 2
(b) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0  = θA = 
  dx A 2EI 2 EI

7 Pa 3 7 Pa3
(c) Deflection at A. ( y at x = 0) yA = − yA = ↓ 
2 EI 2EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.39

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection
end A, (b) the deflection at point C, (c) the slope at end D.

SOLUTION

Since loads self-equilibrate,


RB = 0, RD = 0

(0 < x < 2a): M = −M 0

[ x = a, y = 0] [ x = 3a, y = 0] (2a < x < 3a): M = − M 0 + M 0 = 0


Using singularity functions,

d2y 0
EI = M = − M 0 + M 0 x − 2a
dx 2
dy 1
EI = − M 0 x + M 0 x − 2a + C1
dx
1 1 2
EIy = − M 0 x 2 + M 0 x − 2a + C1x + C2
2 2
1 1
[ x = 3a, y = 0] − M 0 (3a)2 + M 0a 2 + C1(3a) + C2 = 0 3aC1 + C2 = 4M 0a 2
2 2
1 1
[ x = a, y = 0] − M 0a 2 + 0 + C1a + C2 = 0 aC1 + C2 = M 0a 2
2 2
7 7
Subtracting, 2aC1 = M 0a 2 C1 = M 0a
2 4
1 5
C2 = M 0a 2 − aC1 = − M 0a 2
2 4
M  1 1 2 7 5 
y = 0 − x 2 + x − 2a + ax − a 2 
EI  2 2 4 4 
dy M  1 7 
= 0 − x + x − a + a
dx EI  4 
(a) Deflection at A. ( y at x = 0)

M 0a 2  5 5 M 0a 2 5 M 0a 2
yA =  −0 + 0 + 0 −  = − , yA = ↓ 
EI  4 4 EI 4 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.39 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 2a)

M 0a 2  1 2 7 5  1 M 0a 2 1 M 0a 2
yC =  − (2) + 0 + (2) −  = yC = ↑ 
EI  2 4 4  4 EI 4 EI

 dy 
(c) Slope at D.  dx at x = 3a 
 
M 0a  7 1 M 0a 1 M 0a
θD = −3 + 1 +  = − , θD = 
EI  4 4 EI 4 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.40

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
end A, (b) the deflection at point C, (c) the slope at end D.

[ x = a, y = 0] [ x = 3a, y = 0]

SOLUTION
Reactions: RB = 2P ↑, RD = 0
(0 < x < a): V = −P
(a < x < 2a): V = − P + 2P
(2a < x < 3a): V = −P + 2P − P
Using singularity functions,
dM
= V = − P + 2 P x − a 0 − P x − 2a 0
dx
M = − Px + 2 P x − a1 − P x − 2a1 + M A

But M = 0 at x = 0 MA = 0

d2y 1 1
EI = M = − Px + 2 P x − a − P x − 2a (1)
dx 2
dy 1 2 1 2
EI = − Px 2 + P x − a − P x − 2a + C1 (2)
dx 2 2
1 1 3 1 3
EIy = − Px3 + P x − a − P x − 2a + C1x + C2 (3)
6 3 6
1 1 3
[ x = a, y = 0] − Pa3 + 0 − 0 + C1a + C2 = 0 aC1 + C2 = Pa (4)
6 6
1 1 1
[ x = 3a, y = 0] − P(3a)3 + P(2a)3 − Pa3 + C1(3a) + C2 = 0 3aC1 + C2 = 2 Pa 2 (5)
6 3 6
11 2 11 2
Eq (5) – Eq (4) 2C1a + Pa C1 + Pa
6 12
1 2 3
C2 = Pa − aC1 = − Pa3
6 4
P  1 3 1 3 1 3 11 2 3 
y = − x + x − a − x − 2a + a x − a3 
EI  6 3 6 12 4 
dy P  1 2 2 1 2 11 2 
= − x + x − a − x − 2a + a 
dx EI  2 2 12 
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.40 (Continued)

(a) Deflection at A. ( y at x = 0)

Pa3  3 3 Pa3 3 Pa3


yA =  −0 + 0 − 0 + 0 −  = − yA = ↓ 
EI  4 4 EI 4 EI
(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 2a)

Pa 3  1 3 1 3 11 3 1 Pa3
yC =  − (2) + (1) − 0 + (2) −  yC = ↑ 
EI  6 3 12 4 12 EI

 dy 
(c) Slope at D.  dx at x = 3a 
 

Pa 2  1 2 2 1 2 11  1 Pa 2 1 Pa 2
θD =  − (3) + (2) − (1) +  = − θD = 
EI  2 2 12  12 EI 12 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.41

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the
elastic curve, (b) the deflection at the midpoint C.

SOLUTION
By symmetry,
RA = RB = wa
w( x) = w − w x − a 0 + w x − 3a 0
dV
= − w( x) = − w + w x − a 0 − w x − 3a 0
dx
dM
= V = RA − wx + w x − a1 − w x − 3a1
dx
1 1 1
M = M A + RA x − wx 2 + w x − a 2 − w x − 3a 2 (with M A = 0)
2 2 2
d2y 1 1 1
EI 2
= M = wax − wx 2 + w x − a 2 − w x − 3a 2
dx 2 2 2
dy 1 1 1 1
EI = wax 2 − wx3 + w x − a 3 − w x − 3a 3 + C1
dx 2 6 6 6
1 1 1 1
EIy = wax3 − wx 4 + w x − a 4 − w x − 3a 4 + C1x + C2
6 24 24 24
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0
1 1 1 1
[ x = 4a, y = 0] : wa(4a)3 − w(4a) 4 + w(3a) 4 − w(a) 4 + C1(4a) = 0
6 24 24 24
5
∴ C1 = − wa 3
6
(a) Equation of elastic curve.
w 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 4 5 3 
y =
EI  6 ax − 24 x + 24  x − a − 24  x − 3a − 6 a x  
 
(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 2a)

wa 4 1 3 1 4 1 4 5 
yC =  6 (2) − 24 (2) + 24 (1) − 0 − 6 (2) 
EI  
23 wa 4 23 wa 4
=− yC = ↓ 
24 EI 24 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.42

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve, (b) the deflection at point B, (c) the deflection at
point D.

SOLUTION
Use free body ABCD with the distributed loads replaced by equivalent concentrated loads.
 wL  3L   wL  L 
ΣM C = 0: − RA L +    −    = 0
 2  4   2  4 
1
RA = wL
4
 wL  L   wL  5L 
ΣM A = 0: RC L −    −    = 0
 2  4   2  4 
3
RC = wL
4
0
dV L 0
= −w = −w + w x − −w x−L
dx 2
Integrating and adding terms to account for the reactions,
1
dM L
= V = − wx + w x − − w x − L1 + RA + RC  x − L 0
dx 2
2
d2y 1 1 L 1
EI 2
= M = − wx 2 + w x − − w x − L 2 + RA x + RC  x − L1
dx 2 2 2 2
3
dy 1 1 L 1 1 1
EI = − wx3 + w x − − w x − L 3 + RA x 2 + RC  x − L 2 + C1
dx 6 6 2 6 2 2
4
1 1 L 1 1 1
EIy = − wx 4 + w x− − w x − L 4 + RA x3 + RC  x − L 3 + C1x + C2
24 24 2 24 6 6
[ x = 0, y = 0] − 0 + 0 − 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
4
1 1 L
[ x = L, y = 0] − wL4 + w 
24 24  2 
1  wL  3 1
−0+   L + 0 + C1L + 0 = 0 C1 = − wL3
6 4  384
4
1 1 L 1
EIy = − wx 4 + w x− + w x − L 4
24 24 2 24
1  wL  3 1  3wL  3 1
+  x +    x − L − wL3 x
6 4  6 4  384
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.42 (Continued)

(a) Elastic curve.

w  4 L
4
1 3 
y = − x + x − −  x − L 4 + Lx3 + 3L x − L 3 − L x  
24 EI  2 16 

 L
(b) Deflection at B.  y at x = 2 
 

w   L 4 L
3
 1 3  L   wL4
yB = −
   + 0 − 0 + ( L )   + 0 −  L    yB = ↑ 
24 EI   2  2  16  2   768EI

 3L 
(c) Deflection at D.  y at x = 2 
 

w   3L 4 4 L
4
 3L 
3
L
3
 1  3L  
yD = −   + L −   + ( L)   + (3L)   −  L   
24EI   2  2  2  2  16  2  
5wL4 5wL4
=− yD = ↓ 
256 EI 256EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.43

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the midpoint C.

SOLUTION

2w0
Distributed loads: k =
L
1
L
(1) w1( x) = w0 − kx (2) w2 ( x) = k x −
2
 w L  5  5
ΣM B = 0:  0  L  − RA L = 0 RA = w0 L ↑
 4  6  24
1 1
L 2w0 2w0 L
w( x) = w0 − kx + k x − = w0 − x+ x−
2 L L 2
1
dV 2w0 2w0 L
= −w = − w0 + x− x−
dx L L 2
2
dM 5 w w L
=V = w0 L − w0 x + 0 x 2 − 0 x −
dx 24 L L 2
3
d2y 5 1 1 w0 3 1 w0 L
EI 2
=M = w0 Lx − w0 x 2 + x − x−
dx 24 2 3 L 3 L 2
4
dy 5 1 1 w0 4 1 w0 L
EI = w0 Lx 2 − w0 x3 + x − x− + C1
dx 48 6 12 L 12 L 2
5
5 1 1 w0 5 1 w0 L
EIy = w0 Lx3 − w0 x 4 + x − x− + C1x + C2
144 24 60 L 60 L 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] : C2 = 0
5
5 1 1 1 w0  L  53
[ x = L, y = 0] : w0 L4 − w0 L4 + w0 L4 − + C1L = 0 C1 = − w0 L3
144 24 60 60 L  2  5760
(a) Equation of elastic curve.
 L
5 
y = w0 96 x5 − 96 x − − 240Lx 4 + 200 L2 x3 − 53L4 x  / 5760 EIL 
 2 
 L
(b) Deflection at C.  y at x = 2 
 
w0 L4  96 240 200 53  3w0 L4 3w0 L4
yC =  −0− + − =− yC = ↓ 
5760 EI  32 16 8 2  1280 EI 1280 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.44

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the midpoint C.

SOLUTION

2w0 4w0
Distributed loads: k1 = k2 =
L L
(1) w1( x) = w0 − k1x
1
L
(2) w2 ( x) = k2 x −
2

 w L  5   w L  L 
ΣM B = 0:  0  L  +  0   + RA L = 0
 4  6   4  6 
wL
RA = 0 ↑
4
1
L
w( x) = w0 − k1x + k2 x −
2
1
2w0 4w0 L
= w0 − x+ x−
L L 2
1
dV 2w0 4w0 L
= − w = − w0 + x− x−
dx L L 2
2
dM wL w 2w0 L
= V = 0 − w0 x + 0 x 2 − x−
dx 4 L L 2
3
d2y 1 1 1 w0 3 2 w0 L
EI 2
= M = w0 Lx − w0 x 2 + x − x−
dx 4 2 3 L 3 L 2
4
dy 1 1 1 w0 4 1 w0 L
EI = w0 Lx 2 − w0 x3 + x − x− + C1
dx 8 6 12 L 6 L 2
5
1 1 1 w0 5 1 w0 L
EIy = w0 Lx3 − w0 x 4 + x − x− + C1x + C2
24 24 60 L 30 L 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] : C2 = 0
5
1 1 1 1 w0  L 
[ x = L, y = 0] : w0 L4 − w0 L4 + w0 L4 − + C1L = 0
24 24 60 30 L  2 
1
C1 = − w0 L3
64
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.44 (Continued)

(a) Equation of elastic curve.


 L
5 
y = w0 16 x5 − 32 x − − 40Lx 4 + 40L2 x3 − 15L4 x  960 EIL 
 2 
 L
(b) Deflection at C.  y at x=
 2 
w0 L4 1 5 15  3w0 L4 3w0 L4
yC =  −0− +5−  = − yC = ↓ 
960EI 2 2 2 640EI 640 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.45

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN, lengths in m
M D = 0:
− 1.6 RA + (9.6)(0.8) + (20)(0.4) = 0
RA = 9.8 kN
0 0
w( x) = 12 x − 0.4 − 12 x − 1.2 kN/m
dV 0 0
= − w( x) = −12 x − 0.4 + 12 x − 1.2 kN/m
dx
dM 1 1 0
= V = 9.8 − 12 x − 0.4 + 12 x − 1.2 − 20 x − 1.2 kN
dx
d2y 2 2 1
EI 2
= M = 9.8 x − 6 x − 0.4 + 6 x − 1.2 − 20 x − 1.2 kN ⋅ m
dx
dy
EI = 4.9 x 2 − 2 x − 0.4 3 + 2 x − 1.2 3 − 10 x − 1.2 2 + C1 kN ⋅ m 2
dx
1 1 10
EIy = 1.63333x3 −  x − 0.4 4 +  x − 1.2 4 −  x − 1.2 3 + C1x + C2 kN ⋅ m3
2 2 3
[ x = 0, y = 0] : 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0

1 1 10
[ x = 1.6, y = 0] : (1.63333)(1.6)3 − (1.2) 4 + (0.4) 4 − (0.4)3 + C1(1.6) + 0 = 0
2 2 3

C1 = −3.4080 kN ⋅ m 2

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 6.83 × 106 mm 4 = 6.83 × 10−6 mm 4


EI = (200 × 104 )(6.83 × 10−6 ) = 1.366 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 1366 kN ⋅ m 2

 dy 
(a) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0
 
dy
EI = 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − 3.4080 kN ⋅ m 2
dx
3.4080
θA = − = − 2.49 × 10−3 rad θ A = 2.49 × 10−3 rad 
1366

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.45 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 1.2 m)

1
EIyC = (1.63333)(1.2)3 − (0.8) 4 + 0 − 0 − (3.4080)(1.2) + 0
2
= −1.4720 kN ⋅ m3

1.4720
yC = − = −1.078 × 10−3 m yC = 1.078 mm ↓ 
1366

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.46

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the point C. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips, lengths in feet.
E = 29 × 103 ksi, I = 758 in 4
EI = (29 × 103 )(758) = 21.982 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2
= 152, 650 kip ⋅ ft 2

ΣM D = 0: (20)(6) + (3 × 11)(5.5) − RA (16) = 0 RA = 18.844 kips ↑


Express the loading as a singularity function.
0
w( x) = 3 x − 5
0 1 0
V ( x) = RA −  w dx − 20 x − 10 = 18.844 − 3 x − 5 − 20 x − 10

d2y 2 1
EI 2
= M ( x) = 18.844 x − 1.5 x − 5 − 20 x − 10
dx
dy 3 2
EI = 9.422 x 2 − 0.5 x − 5 − 10 x − 10 + C1
dx
4 3
EIy = 3.141x3 − 0.125 x − 5 − 3.333 x − 10 + C1x + C2

Boundary conditions:
[ x = 0, y = 0]: C2 = 0

[ x = 16, y = 0]: 3.141(16)3 − (0.125)(11) 4 − (3.3333)(6)3 + 16 C1 = 0 C1 = −644.7 kip ⋅ ft 2

dy 3 2
EI = 9.442 x 2 − 0.5 x − 5 − 10 x − 10 − 644.7
dx
4 3
EIy = 3.141x3 − 0.125 x − 5 − 3.333 x − 10 − 644.7 x

 dy 
(a) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0
 
152, 650 θ A = 0 + 0 + 0 − 644.7 θ A = −4.22 × 10−3 rad θ A = 4.22 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at C. (y at x = 10 ft )

152, 650 yC = (3.141)(10)3 − (0.125)(5) 4 + 0 − (644.7)(10) = − 3384 

yC = −0.02217 ft yC = 0.266 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.47

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the midpoint C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
1
Distributed loads: (1) w1( x) = w0 − kx (2) w2 = k x − 1

w0 = 48 kN/m, k = 48 kN/m 2

 2
ΣM B = 0: − 2RA + (24) 1  + (8)(1) = 0 RA = 24 kN ↑
 3
1 1
w( x) = w0 − kx + k x − 1 = 48 − 48x + 48 x − 1

dV 1
= −w = −48 + 48 x − 48 x − 1 kN/m
dx
dM 2 0
= V = 24 − 48x + 24 x 2 − 24 x − 1 − 8 x − 1 kN
dx

d2y 3 1
EI = M = 24 x − 24 x 2 + 8x3 − 8 x − 1 − 8 x − 1 kN ⋅ m
dx 2
dy
EI = 12 x 2 − 8x3 + 2 x 4 − 2 x − 1 4 − 4 x − 1 2 + C1 kN ⋅ m 2
dx
2 2 4
EIy = 4 x3 − 2 x 4 + x5 −  x − 1 5 −  x − 1 3 + C1x + C2 kN ⋅ m3
5 5 3
[ x = 0, y = 0]: 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0

2 5 2 5 4 3 83
[ x = 2, y = 0]: 4(2)3 − 2(2) 4 + (2) − (1) − (1) + C1(2) = 0 ∴ C1 = − kN ⋅ m 2
5 5 3 15

Data: E = 200(106 ) kN/m 2 I = 5.12(106 ) mm 4 = 5.12(10−6 ) m 4


EI = (200 × 106 )(5.12 × 10−6 ) = 1024 kN ⋅ m 2

 dy 
(a) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0
 
83
EIθ A = 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − 0 − kN ⋅ m 2
15
83 /15
θA = − = −5.4036 × 10−3 rad θ A = −5.40 × 10−3 rad 
1024

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.47 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 1 m)

2 4 83
EIyC = 4(1)3 − 2(1) 4 + (1) − 0 − 0 − (1) = −3.1333 kN ⋅ m3
5 15
3.1333
yC = − = −3.0599 × 10−3 m yC = 3.06 mm ↓ 
1024

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.48

For the timber beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope
at end A, (b) the deflection at the midpoint C. Use
E = 1.6 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.
Σ M D = 0: − 7 RA + (2) (5.25) + (1.225) (1.75) = 0
RA = 1.80625 kips

w( x) = 0.350 x − 3.5 0
dV
= − w = −0.35 x − 3.5 0
dx
dM
= V = 1.80625 − 2 x − 1.75 0 − 0.35 x − 3.51
dx
d2y
EI 2
= M = 1.80625x − 2 x − 1.751 − 0.175 x − 3.5 2 kip ⋅ ft
dx
dy
EI = 0.903125 x 2 − 1 x − 1.75 2 − 0.05833 x − 3.5 3 + C1 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx
1
EIy = 0.301042 x3 −  x − 1.75 3 − 0.014583 x − 3.5 4 + C1x + C2 kip ⋅ ft 3
3
[ x = 0, y = 0] C2 = 0
1
[ x = 7, y = 0] (0.301042)(7)3 − (5.25)3 − 0.014583(3.5) 4 + C1(7) + 0 = 0
3

C1 = −7.54779 kip ⋅ ft 2

Data: E = 1.6 × 106 psi = 1.6 × 103 ksi


1
I = (3.5) (5.5)3 = 48.526 in 3
12
EI = (1.6 × 103 )(48.526) = 77.6417 kip ⋅ in 2 = 539.18 kip ⋅ ft 2

 dy 
(a) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0 
 
dy
EI = 0 − 0 − 0 − 7.54779 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx
7.54779
θA = − = −14.00 × 10−3 rad θ A = 14.00 × 10−3 rad 
539.18

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.48 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 3.5 ft)

1
EIyC = (0.301042)(3.5)3 − (1.75)3 − 0 − (7.54779)(3.5) + 0
3
= −15.297 kip ⋅ ft 3

15.297
yC = − = −28.37 × 10−3 ft yC = 0.340 in. ↓ 
539.18

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.49

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at
the roller support, (b) the deflection at point C.

 dy 
[ x = 0, y = 0]  x = L, dx = 0 
 
[ x = L, y = 0]

SOLUTION

1
For 0≤x≤ , M = RA x
2
L
For ≤ x ≤ L, M = RA x − M 0
2
Then
0
d2y L
EI 2 = M = RA x − M 0 x −
dx 2
1
dy 1 L
EI = RA x 2 − M 0 x − + C1
dx 2 2
2
1 1 L
EIy = RA x 3 − M 0 x − + C1x + C2
6 2 2
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
 dy  1 L 1
 x = L, dx = 0  RA L2 − M 0   + C1 = 0 C1 = (M 0 L − RA L2 )
  2 2 2
2
1 1 L 1
[ x = L, y = 0] 6
RA L3 − M 0   + ( M 0 L − RAL2 ) L + 0 = 0
2 2 2
1 3
− RA L3 + M 0 L2 = 0
3 8
9M 0
(a) Reaction at A. M A = 0, RA = ↑ 
8L
1  9M 0  2  1
C1 = M 0L −   (L )  = − M 0 L
2  8 L   16
2
1  9M 0  3 1 L 1
EIy =   x − M0 x − − M 0 Lx + 0
6  8L  2 2 16

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.49 (Continued)

M 0  9 3 1 1 2 
2
L
Elastic curve. y =  x − L x− − L x
EIL  8 2 2 16 
 L
(b) Deflection at point C.  y at x = 2 
 

M 0  1  9  L   1 2  L  
3
yC =     − 0 −  L   
EIL  6  8  2   16  2  
M 0 L2 M 0 L2
=− yC = ↓ 
128EI 128 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.50

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the
roller support, (b) the deflection at point C.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

ΣFy = 0: RA + RB − P = 0 RA = P − RB

L 1
ΣM A = 0: − M A − P + RB L = 0 M A = RB L − PL
2 2
Reactions are statically indeterminate.
0
dM L
= V = RA − P x −
dx 2
1
d2y L
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − P x −
dx 2
2
dy 1 1 L
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − P x − + C1
dx 2 2 2
3
1 1 1 L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x 3 − P x − + C1x + C2
2 6 6 2

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 + 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
3
1 1 1 L
[ x = L, y = 0] M A L2 + RA L3 − P   + 0 + 0 = 0
2 6 6 2
1 1  2 1 3 1
 RB L − PL  L + ( P − RB ) L − PL3 = 0
2 2  6 48

1 1 3 1 1 1  3 1 5 5
 2 − 6  RB L =  4 − 6 + 48  PL 3
RB =
48
P (a) RB = P↑ 
    16
5 11
RA = P − P= P
16 16
5 1 3
MA = PL − PL = − PL
16 2 16
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.50 (Continued)

 L
(b) Deflection at C.  y at x = 2 
 

1  1 L
2
1 L
3 
yC =  M A   + RA   + 0 + 0 + 0
EI  2 2 6 2 

PL3  1  3  1   1  11  1   7 PL3 7 PL3


=   −   +      = − yC = ↓ 
EI  2  16  4   6  16  8   168 EI 168 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.51

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the roller
support, (b) the deflection at point B.

SOLUTION

ΣFy = 0: RA + RD = 0 RA = − RD
ΣM A = 0: − M A + M 0 − M 0 + RL = 0
M A = RD L
0 0
L 3L
M ( x) = M A + R A x − M 0 x − + M0 x −
4 4
0 0
d2y L 3L
EI 2
= RD L − RD x − M 0 x − + M0 x −
dx 4 4
1 1
dy 1 L 3L
EI = RD Lx − RD x 2 − M 0 x − + M0 x − + C1
dx 2 4 4
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 − 0 − 0 + 0 + C1 = 0
 
C1 = 0
1 1
1 1 1 L 1 3L
EIy = RD Lx 2 − RD x3 − M 0 x − + M0 x − + C2
2 6 2 4 2 4
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 − 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
2 2
1 1 1  3L  1 L
[ x = L, y = 0] RD L3 − RD L3 − M 0   + M 0   = 0
2 6 2  4 2 4
3M0
(a) Reaction at D. RD = ↑ 
4L
2 2
1  3M 0  2 1  3M 0  3 1 L 1 3L
EIy =   Lx −   x − M0 x − + M0 x −
2  4L  6  4L  2 4 2 4
Elastic curve.
M 0  3 2 1 3 1
2 2
L 1 3L 
y =  Lx − x − L x − + L x− 
EIL  8 8 2 4 2 8 
 L
(b) Deflection at point B.  y at x = 4 
 

M 0  3  L  
2 3
 1  L  11 M 0 L2
yB =  L   −    − 0 + 0 yB = ↑
EIL  8  4   8  4   512 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.52

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the roller
support, (b) the deflection at point B.

SOLUTION

ΣFy = 0: RA − P − P + RD = 0 RA = 2P − RD

PL 2 PL
ΣM A = 0: −M A − − + RD L = 0
3 3
M A = RD L − PL
0 0
dM L 2L
= V = RA − P x − −P x−
dx 3 3
1 1
d2y L 2L
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − P x − −P x−
dx 3 3
2 2
dy 1 1 L 1 2L
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − P x − − P x− + C1
dx 2 2 3 2 3

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 − 0 − 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
3 3
1 1 1 L 1 2L
EIy = M A x 2 + R A x3 − P x − − P x− + C2
2 6 6 3 6 3
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 − 0 − 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
3 3
1 1 1 L 1 2L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x 3 − P x − − P x−
2 6 6 3 6 3
3 3
1 1 1  2L  1 L
[ x = L, y = 0] ( RD L − PL) L2 + (2P − RD ) L3 − P   − P  = 0
2 6 6  3  6 3
1 2
RD L3 − PL3 = 0
3 9
2
(a) Reaction at D. RD = P↑ 
3
2 1 2 4
MA = PL − PL = − PL RA = 2 P − P= P
3 3 3 3
3 3
1 1  2 14  2 1 L 1 2L
EIy =  − PL  x +  P  x − P x − − x−
2 3  6 3  6 3 6 3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.52 (Continued)

P  1 2 2 3 1 L
3
1 2L
3

Elastic curve. y =  − Lx + x − x− − x− 
EI  6 9 6 3 6 3 

 L
(b) Deflection at B.  y at x = 3 
 

P   1  L 2 2  L 3 
yB =  −  L   +   − 0 − 0 
EI   6  3  9 3 
5 PL3 5 PL3
=− yB = ↓ 
486 EI 486 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.53

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at
point C, (b) the deflection at point B. Use E = 200 GPa.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = 8, y = 0]
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0 
 

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.

ΣFy = 0: RA − 70 + RC = 0

RA = 70 − RC kN

M A = 0: − M A − (70)(2.5) + 8RC = 0
M A = 8RC − 175 kN ⋅ m
Reactions are statically indeterminate.

w( x) = 14 − 14  x − 5  0 kN/m

dV
= − w = −14 + 14  x − 5 0 kN/m
dx
dM
= V = RA − 14 x + 14 x − 51 kN
dx

d2y
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − 7 x 2 + 7 x − 5 2 kN ⋅ m
dx
dy 1 7 7
 EI = M A x + RA x 2 − x3 +  x − 5 3 + C1  kN ⋅ m 2 
dx 2 3 3
1 1 7 4 7
 EIy = M A x 2 + R A x3 − x +  x − 5 4 + C1x + C2  kN ⋅ m3 
2 6 12 12
 dy 
  x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C1 = 0  C1 = 0 
 
 [ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0  C2 = 0 

1 1 7 7
 [ x = 8, y = 0] M A (8) 2 + RA (8)3 − (8) 4 + (3)4 + 0 + 0 = 0 
2 6 12 12
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.53 (Continued)

512 28105
 32(8 RC − 175) + (70 − RC ) − = 0
6 12
35840 28105
 170.667 RC = 5600 − + = 1968.75 RC = 11.536 kN ↑ 
6 12
(a) Reaction at C. RC = 11.546 kN ↑ 

M A = (8) (11.536) − 175 = −82.715 kN ⋅ m


 
RA = 70 − 11.536 = 58.464 kN

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa I = 216 × 106 mm 4 = 216 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(216 × 10−6 ) = 43.2 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 43200 kN ⋅ m 2
(b) Deflection at B. ( y at x = 5 m)

1 1 7
EIyB = (−82.715)(5) 2 + (58.464)(5)3 − (5)4 = −180.52 kN ⋅ m3
2 6 12
180.52
yB = − = −4.18 × 10−3 m yB = 4.18 mm ↓ 
43200

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.54

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at
point A, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
2.5 kips/ft 5
k = = kips/ft 2
6ft 12
5 5
w( x) = x −  x − 61 kip/ft
12 12
dV 5 5
= − w( x) = − x +  x − 61 kip/ft
dx 12 12
dM 5 2 5
= V = RA − x +  x − 6 2 kip
dx 24 24
d2y 5 3 5
EI = M = RA x − x +  x − 6 3 kip ⋅ ft
dx 2 72 72
dy 1 5 4 5
EI = RA x 2 − x +  x − 6 4 + C1 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx 2 288 288
1 1 1
EIy = RA x3 − x5 +  x − 6 5 + C1x + C2 kip ⋅ ft 3
6 288 288
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 − 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0
 dy  1 2 5 4 5 4
 x = 12ft, dx = 0  2 RA (12) − 288 (12) + 288 (6) + C1 = 0
 
∴ C1 = 337.5 − 72 RA kip ⋅ ft 2
1 1 1
[ x = 12 ft, y = 0] RA (12)3 − (12)5 + (6)5 + (337.5 − 72 RA ) (12) = 0
6 288 288
(864 − 288) RA = 3213
RA = 5.5781 kips
(a) Reaction at A. RA = 5.58 kips ↑ 

C1 = 337.5 − 72(5.5781) = −64.123 kip ⋅ ft 2


Data: E = 29 × 103 ksi I = 118 in 4
EI = (29 × 103 )(118) = 3.422 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2 = 23764 kip ⋅ ft 2
(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 6 ft)
1 1
EIyC = (5.5781)(6)3 − (6)5 + 0 − 64.123(6)
6 288
= −210.93 kip ⋅ ft 3
210.93
yC = − = −8.8760 × 10−3 ft yC = 0.1065 in. ↓ 
23764
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.55

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at
point C, (b) the deflection at point B. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

9
Distributed loads: k =
8
1
(1) w1( x) = w0 − kx (2) w2 ( x) = k x − 8

9
w0 = 9 kips/ft, k = kips/ft 2
8

 F y = 0: RA − 36 + RC = 0 RA = (36 − RC ) kips

8
 M A = 0: 12RC − M A −   (36) = 0
3  
M A = (12RC − 96) kip ⋅ ft

1 9 9 1
w( x) = w0 − kx + k x - 8 =9− x+ x−8 kips/ft
8 8
dV 9 9 1
= − w = −9 + x − x − 8 kips/ft
dx 8 8
dM 9 2 9 2
= V = RA − 9 x + x − x−8 kips
dx 16 16

d2y 9 3 3 3 3
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − x 2 + x − x−8 kip ⋅ ft
dx 2 16 16
dy 1 3 3 4 3 4
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − x 3 + x − x − 8 + C1 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx 2 2 64 64
1 1 3 3 5 3 5
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 − x 4 + x − x − 8 + C1x + C2 kip ⋅ ft 3
2 6 8 320 320

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  : C1 = 0 [ x = 0, y = 0] : C2 = 0
 
1 1 3 3 3
[ x = 12, y = 0] : 2 M A (12)2 + 6 RA (12)3 − 8 (12)4 + 320 (12)5 − 320 (4)5 + 0 + 0 = 0
72 (12RC − 96) + 288 (36 − RC ) − 5452.8 = 0 
RC = 3.4667 RC = 3.47 kips ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.55 (Continued)

(a) Reaction at C: RC = 3.47 kips ↑ 


M A = 12(3.4667) − 96 = −54.400 kip ⋅ ft RA = 36 − 3.4667 = 32.533 kips
Data: E = 29 × 103 ksi I = 307 in 4 EI = (29 × 103 )(307) = 8.903 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2
= 61,826 kip ⋅ ft 2

(b) Deflection at B. ( y at x = 8 ft)


1 1 3 3
EIyB = (−54.400)(8)2 + (32.533)(8)3 − (8) 4 + (8)5 − 0 = −193.451 kip ⋅ ft 3
2 6 8 320
−193.451
yB = = −3.1290 × 10−3 ft yB = 0.0376 in. ↓ 
61,826

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.56

For the beam shown and knowing that P = 40 kN,


determine (a) the reaction at point E, (b) the deflection at
point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.

 Fy = 0: RA − 40 − 40 − 40 + RE = 0
RA = 120 − RE kN

M A = 0: − M A − 20 − 40 − 60 + 2RB = 0
M A = 2 RE − 120 kN ⋅ m
Reactions are statically indeterminate.

dM 0 0 0
= V = RA − 40 x − 0.5 − 40 x − 1 − 40 x − 1.5
dx
d2y 1 1 1
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − 40 x − 0.5 − 40 x − 1 − 40 x − 1.5
dx
dy 1 2 2 2
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − 20 x − 0.5 − 20 x − 1 − 20 x − 1.5 + C1
dx 2
1 1 20 3 20 3 20 3
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x3 − x − 0.5 − x −1 − x − 1.5 + C1x + C2
2 6 3 3 3
dy
[ x = 0, = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
dx
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
1 1 20 20 3 20
[ x = 2, y = 0] M A (2)2 + RA (2)3 − (1.5)3 − (1) − (0.5)3 + 0 + 0 = 0
2 6 3 3 3
(a) Reaction at E.
1 1
(2RE − 120)(2)2 + (120 − RE )(2)3 = 30
2 6
2.66667 RE = 30 + 240 − 160 = 110 RE = 41.25 kN ↑ 

M A = (2)(41.25) − 120 = −37.5 kN ⋅ m


RA = 120 − 41.25 = 78.25 kN

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.56 (Continued)

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 45.8 × 106 mm 4 = 45.8 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(45.8 × 10−6 ) = 9.16 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 9160 kN ⋅ m 2

(b) Deflection at C. ( y at x = 1 m)

1 1 20
EIyC = (−37.5)(1)2 + (78.75)(1)3 − (0.5)3 − 0 − 0 + 0 + 0
2 6 3
= −6.4583 kN ⋅ m3

6.4583
yC = − = −0.705 × 10−3 m yC = 0.705 mm ↓ 
9160

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.57

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point A,
(b) the deflection at midpoint C.

SOLUTION
0
dM L
= V = RA − P x −
dx 3
1
d2y L
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − P x −
dx 3
2
dy 1 1 L
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − P x − + C1
dx 2 2 3
3
1 1 1 L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x 3 − P x − + C1x + C2
2 6 6 3
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 − 0 + C1 = 0 ∴ C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 − 0 + C2 = 0 ∴ C2 = 0
2
 dy  1 1  2L 
 x = L, dx = 0 M AL + RA L2 − P  =0 (1)
  2 2  3 
3
1 1 1  2L 
[ x = L, y = 0]M A L2 + RA L3 − P  =0 (2)
2 6 6  3 
(a) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously,
20 4 20
RA = P MA = − PL RA = P ↑ 
27 27 27
4
MA = PL 
27
P  2
3
10 3 1 L
Elastic curve. y =  − Lx 2 + x − x− 
EI  27 81 6 3 
 L
(b) Deflection at midpoint C.  y at x = 2 
 

P  2 L 1 L 
2 3 3
10  L  5PL3 5PL3
yC = − L   +   −    = − yC = ↓ 
EI  27  2  81  2  6  6   1296EI 1296 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.58

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point A,
(b) the deflection at midpoint C.

SOLUTION
0
L
w( x) = w x −
2
0
dV L
= − w( x) = − w x −
dx 2
1
dM L
= V = RA − w x −
dx 2
2
d2y 1 L
EI 2
= M = M A + RA x − w x −
dx 2 2
3
dy 1 1 L
EI = M A x + RA x 2 − w x − + C1
dx 2 6 2
4
1 1 1 L
EIy = M A x 2 + RA x 3 − w x− + C1x + C2
2 6 24 2

 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 − 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
3
 dy  1 1 L
 x = L, dx = 0  M AL + RA L2 − w   = 0 (1)
  2 6 2
4
1 1 1 L
[ x = L, y = 0] M A L2 + RA L2 − w =0 (2)
2 6 24  2 
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously,
3wL 5wL2 3wL
(a) RA = MA = − RA = ↑ 
32 192 32

5wL2
MA = 
192
4
5 3 1 L
EIy = − wL2 x 2 + wLx3 − w x−
384 192 24 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.58 (Continued)

Elastic curve.

w  5 2 2 3 1 L
4

y = − Lx + Lx3 − x− 
EI  384 192 24 2 

 L
(b) Deflection at midpoint C.  y at x = 2 
 

w  5 2  L 2  3  L 3 
yC =  − L   +  L   − 0 
EI  384  2   192  2  
wL4 wL4
=− yB = ↓ 
768EI 768EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.59

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.45, determine the


magnitude and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION
See solution to Prob. 9.45 for the derivation of the equations used in the following:

EI = EI = 1366 kN ⋅ m 2
dy 3 3 2
EI = 4.9 x 2 − 2 x − 0.4 + 2 x − 1.2 − 10 x − 1.2 − 3.4080 kN ⋅ m 2
dx
1 4 1 4 10 3
EIy = 1.63333x3 − x − 0.4 + x − 1.2 − x − 1.2 − 3.4080 x kN ⋅ m3
2 2 3
dy
To find the location of maximum y , set = 0. Assume 0.4 < x < 1.2.
dx

4.9 x 2 − 2( x − 0.4)3 − 3.4080 = f ( x) = 0

Solve by iteration: x = 0.8 0.858 0.857 0.8570 xm = 0.8570 m 


df /dx = 6.88 7.123 7.145

1
EIym = (1.63333)(0.8570)3 − (0.8570 − 0.4)4 − (3.4080)(0.8570)
2
= −1.9144 kN ⋅ m
1.9144
ym = − = −1.401 × 10−3 m ym = 1.401 mm ↓ 
1366

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.60

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.46, determine the magnitude
and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION
See solution to Prob. 9.46 for the derivation of following:

EI = 152, 650 kip ⋅ ft 2


dy 3 2
EI = 9.422 x 2 − 0.5 x − 5 − 10 x − 10 − 644.7 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx
4 3
EIy = 3.141x3 − 0.125 x − 5 − 3.333 x − 10 − 644.7 x kip ⋅ ft 3

dy
To find the location of maximum y , set = 0.
dx
Assume 5 ≤ x < 10.
dy
EI = 9.422 x 2 − 0.5( x − 5)3 − 644.7 = f ( x) = 0 (1)
dx
df
= 18.844 x − 1.5( x − 5) 2
dx
f
Solve Eq. (1) by iteration: xi +1 = xi −
df / dx

x=9 8.406 8.397 xm = 8.40 ft 


f = 86.48 1.310 0.0415
df /dx = 145.6 141.0

EIym = (3.141)(8.397)3 − (0.125)(8.397 − 5) 4 − (644.7)(8.397) = −3570.5 kip ⋅ ft 3

152, 650 ym = −3570.5 ym = −0.02339 ft ym = 0.281 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.61

For the beam and loading of Prob.9.47, determine the magnitude


and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION
See solution to Prob. 9.47 for the derivation of the equations used in the following:

EI = 1024 kN ⋅ m 2
dy 83
EI = 12 x 2 − 8 x3 + 2 x 4 − 2 x − 1 4 − 4 x − 1 2 − kN ⋅ m 2
dx 15
2 2 4 83
EIy = 4 x3 − 2 x 4 + x5 −  x − 1 5 −  x − 1 3 − x kN ⋅ m3
5 5 3 15
dy
To find location of maximum y , set = 0. Assume 0 < x < 1 m.
dx
dy 83
EI = 12 x 2 − 8x3 + 2 x 4 − =0
dx 15
Solving: x = 0.94166 m xm = 0.942 m 

2 83
EIym = 4(0.94166)3 − 2(0.94166) 4 + (0.94166)5 − (0.94166)
5 15
= −3.1469 kN ⋅ m3
3.1469
 ym = − = −3.0731 × 10−3 m ym = 3.07 mm ↓ 
1024

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.62

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.48, determine the


magnitude and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION
See solution to Prob. 9.48 for the derivation of the equations used in the following:

EI = 539.18 kip ⋅ ft 2
dy
EI = 0.903125x 2 − 1 x − 1.75 2 − 0.05833 x − 3.5 2 − 7.54779 kip ⋅ ft 2
dx
1
EIy = 0.301042 x3 −  x − 1.75 3 − 0.014583 x − 3.5 4 − 7.54779 x kip ⋅ ft 3
3
dy
To find the location of maximum | y |, set = 0. Assume 1.75 < xm < 3.5.
dx

0.903125 xm2 − 1( xm − 1.75) 2 − 7.54779


0.096875 xm2 − 8.5 xm + 10.61029 = 0

3.5 − (3.5) 2 − (4)(0.096875)(10.61029)


xm = xm = 3.34 ft 
(2)(0.096875)

1
EIym = (0.301042)(3.340)3 − (3.340 − 1.73)3 − (7.54779)(3.340)
3
= −15.3328 kip ⋅ ft 3
15.3328
ym = − = −12.44 × 10−3 ft ym = 0.341 in. ↓ 
539.18

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.63

The rigid bars BF and DH are welded to the rolled-


steel beam AE as shown. Determine for the loading
shown (a) the deflection at point B, (b) the deflection
at midpoint C of the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Use joint G as a free body,
By symmetry, FGH = FFG

 Fy = 0: 2 FGHy − 100 = 0 FGHy = 50 kN


FGHx = 2 FGHy = 100 kN.

Forces in kN; lengths in m.


V = 50 − 50 x − 0.5 0 − 50 x − 1.1 0 kN
1 0
M = 50 x − 50 x − 0.5 − 50 x − 1.1
+ 40 x − 0.5 0 − 40 x − 1.1 0 kN ⋅ m

dy
EI = 25x 2 − 25 x − 0.5 2 − 25 x − 1.1 2 − 40 x − 0.51 + 40 x − 1.11 + C1 kN ⋅ m 2
dx
25 3 25 25
EIy = x −  x − 0.5 3 −  x − 1.1 3 − 20 x − 0.5 2 + 20 x − 1.1 2 + C1x + C2 kN ⋅ m3
3 3 3
[ x = 0, y = 0] C2 = 0
[ x = 1.6, y = 0]

 25  3  25  3  25  3 2 2
 3  (1.6) −  3  (1.1) −  3  (0.5) − (20)(1.1) + (20)(0.5) + C1(1.6) + 0 = 0
     
C1 = −1.75 kN ⋅ m3
For EIyB, x = 0.5m

 25 
EIyB =   (0.5)3 − 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − (1.75)(0.5) = 0.1667 kN ⋅ m3
 3 
For EIyC, x = 0.8 m

 25   25 
EIyC =   (0.8)3 −   (0.3)3 − 0 − (20)(0.3) 2 − 0 − (1.75)(0.8) + 0
 3   3 
= −0.8417 kN ⋅ m3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.63 (Continued)

For W 100 × 19.3 rolled-steel shape, I = 4.70 × 106 mm 4 = 4.70 × 10−6 m 4

EI = (200 × 109 )(4.70 × 10−6 ) = 940 × 103 N ⋅ m 2 = 940 kN ⋅ m 2

0.1667
(a) yB = = 0.177 × 10−3 m yB = 0.177 mm ↑ 
940
0.8417
(b) yC = = 0.895 × 10−3 m yC = 0.895 mm ↑ 
940

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.64

The rigid bar DEF is welded at point D to the rolled-steel beam AB.
For the loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A, (b) the
deflection at midpoint C of the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.
M B = 0: − 4.8RA + (30)(2.4)(3.6)
+ (50)(2.4) = 0
RA = 79 kN ↑

I = 212 × 106 mm 4 = 212 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(212 × 10−6 ) = 42.4 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
= 42400 kN ⋅ m 2

w( x) = 30 − 30 x − 2.4 0

dV
= −w = −30 + 30 x − 2.4 0 kN/m
dx
dM
= V = 79 − 30 x + 30 x − 2.41 − 50 x − 3.6 0 kN
dx

d2y
EI = M = 79 x − 15 x 2 + 15 x − 2.4 2 − 50 x − 3.61 − 60 x − 3.6 0 kN ⋅ m
dx
dy 79 2
EI = x − 5x3 + 5 x − 2.4 3 − 25 x − 3.6 2 − 60 x − 3.61 + C1 kN ⋅ m 2
dx 2
79 3 5 4 5 25
EIy = x − x +  x − 2.4 4 −  x − 3.6 3 − 30 x − 3.6 2 + C1x + C2 kN ⋅ m3
6 4 4 3
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
 79  5 4 5
  (4.8) −   ( 4.8 ) +   (2.4)
3 4
[ x = 4.8, y = 0]
6
  4
  4
 
 25 
−   (1.2)3 − (30)(1.2)2 + 4.8C1 = 0
 3 

C1 = −161.76 kN ⋅ m 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.64 (Continued)

 dy 
(a) Slope at point A.  dx at x = 0 
 

 dy 
EI   = 0 − 0 + 0 − 0 − 0 − 161.76
 dx  A
= −161.76 kN ⋅ m 2
 dy  −161.76
  = = −3.82 × 10−3 θ A = 3.82 × 10−3 rad. 
 dx  A 42400

(b) Deflection at midpoint C. ( y at x = 2.4)

 79  5
EIyC =   (2.4)3 −   (2.4) 4 + 0 − 0 − 0 − (161.76)(2.4) + 0
 6 4
= −247.68 kN ⋅ m3
−247.68
yC = = −5.84 × 10−3 m yC = 5.84 mm ↓ 
42400

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.65

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and deflection
at the free end.

SOLUTION

Loading I: Counterclockwise couple PL at B.


Case 3 of Appendix D applied to portion BC.
( PL)( L / 2) 1 PL2
θ B′ = − =
EI 2 EI
( PL)( L / 2) 2 1 PL3
y′B = =
2EI 8 EI
AB remains straight.

1 PL2
θ ′A = θ B′ =
2 EI
L 1 PL3 1 PL3 3 PL3
y′A = y′B −  θ B′ = − − =−
2 8 EI 4 EI 8 EI
Loading II: Case 1 of Appendix D.
PL2 PL3
θ ′′A = , y′′A −
2 EL 3EI
By superposition,
1 PL2 1 PL2 PL2 PL2
θ A = θ ′A + θ ′′A = + = θA = 
2 EI 2 EI EI EI

3 PL3 1 PL3 17 PL3 17 PL3


y A = y′A + y′′A = − − =− yA = ↓ 
8 EI 3 EI 24 EI 24 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.66

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
Loading I: P downward at B.
Case 1 of Appendix D applied to portion AB.

P( L/2) 2 1 PL2
θ B′ = − =−
2 EI 8 EI
P( L/2)3 1 PL3
y′B = − =−
3 EI 24 EI
BC remains straight.
1 PL2
θC′ = θ B′ = −
8 EI
L 1 PL3 1 PL3
yC′ = y′B −  θ B′ = − −
2 24 EI 16 EI
5 PL3
=−
48 EI
Loading II: P downward at C.
Case 1 of Appendix D.
PL2 PL3
θC′′ = − yC′′ = −
2EI 3EI
By superposition,
1 PL2 1 PL2 5 PL2 5PL2
θC = θC′ + θC′′ = − − =− 
8 EI 2 EI 8 EI 8EI

5 PL3 1 PL3 21 PL3 7 PL3


yC = yC′ + yC′′ = − − =− ↓ 
48 EI 3 EI 48 EI 16EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.67

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
deflection at the end.

SOLUTION

Loading I: Uniformly distributed downward loading with


w = P/L.

Case 2 of Appendix D.

( P / L) L3 1 PL2
θC′ = − =−
6 EI 6 EI
( P / L) L4 1 PL3
yC′ = − =−
8EI 8 EI

Loading II: Upward concentrated load at P at point B.

Case 1 of Appendix D applied to portion AB.

P( L / 2) 2 1 PL2
θ B′′ = =
2EI 8 EI
.
P( L / 2)3 1 PL3
y′′B = =
3EI 24 EI
Portion BC remains straight.
1 PL2
θC′′ = θ B′′ =
8 EI
L 1 PL3 1 PL3 5 PL3
yC′′ = y′′B + θ B′′ = + =
2 24 EI 16 EI 48 EI
By superposition,
1 PL2 1 PL2 1 PL2 PL2
θC = θC′ + θC′′ = − + =− θC = 
6 EI 8 EI 24 EI 24EI

1 PL3 5 PL2 1 PL3 PL3


yC = yC′ + yC′′ = − + =− yC = ↓ 
8 EI 48 EI 48 EI 48EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.68

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION

Loading I: Downward distributed load w applied to


portion AB.

Case 2 of Appendix D applied to portion AB.

w( L / 2)3 1 wL2
θ B′ = − =−
6 EI 48 EI
w( L / 2) 4 1 wL4
y′B = − =−
8EI 128 EI

Portion BC remains straight.

1 wL3
θC′ = θ B′ = −
48 EI
L 1 wL4 1 wL4 7 wL4
yC′ = y′B +  θ B′ = − − =−
2 128 EI 96 EI 384 EI

wL2
Loading II: Counterclockwise couple applied at C.
24
Case 3 of Appendix D.
( wL2 / 24) L 1 wL3
θC′′ = =
EI 24 EI
( wL2 / 24) L2 1 wL4
yC′′ = =
2 EI 48 EI
By superposition,
1 wL3 1 wL3 1 wL3
θC = θC′ + θC′′ = − + θC = 
48 EI 24 EI 48 EI

7 wL4 1 wL4 1 wL4


yC = yC′ + yC′′ = − + yC = ↑ 
384 EI 48 EI 384 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.69

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at C, (b) the
slope at end A.

SOLUTION
Loading I: Downward load P at B.
Use Case 5 of Appendix D with
L 2L 2L
P = P, a = , b= , L = L, x =
3 3 3
Pb 3
For x < a, given elastic curve is y = [ x − ( L2 − b 2 ) x]
EIL
To obtain elastic curve for x > a, replace x by L − x and interchange a and b to get
Pa 2L
y = [( L − x)3 − ( L2 − a 2 )( L − x)] with x = at point C.
6 EIL 3

P( L/3)  L 3   L    L 
2
7 PL3
yC =   −  L −       = −
2
6EIL  3    3    3   486 EI

Pb( L2 − b 2 ) P(2L/3)[ L2 − (2 L/3) 2 ] 5 PL2
θA = − =− =−
6EIL 6EIL 81 EI
Loading II: Upward load at C. Use Case 5 of Appendix D with
2L L 2L
P = − P, a = , b = , L = L, x = a =
3 3 3

(− P)(2L / 3) 2 ( L / 3) 2 4 PL3
yC = − =
3EIL 243 EI
(− P)( L / 3)( L2 − ( L / 3) 2 ) 4 PL2
θA = − =
6EIL 81 EI
7 PL3 4 PL3 1 PL3
(a) Deflection at C. yC = − + yC = ↑ 
486 EI 243 EI 486 EI

5 PL2 4 PL2 1 PL2


(b) Slope at A. θA = − + θA = 
81 EI 81 EI 81 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.70

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at C, (b) the slope
at end A.

SOLUTION

Loading I: Load at B. Case 5 of Appendix D.


L 2L 2L
a = , b= , x=
3 3 3
For x > a, replace x by L − x and interchange a and b.
Pa
y = [( L − x)3 − ( L2 − a 2 )( L − x)]
6 EIL
P( L /3)  2L  
3
2L   2 L2   7 PL3
yC =  L −  −  L −   L −  = −
6 EIL  3   9  3   486 EI

Pb( L2 − b 2 ) P(2L /3)( L2 − 4L2 /9) 5 PL2


θA = − =− =−
6EIL 6 EIL 81 EI
Loading II: Load at C. Case 5 of Appendix D.
2L L 2L
a= , b= , x=
3 3 3
Pb 3 P( L /3)  8L3  2 L2   2 L  
yC = [ x − ( L2 − b 2 ) x] =  − L −  
6 EIL 6 EIL  27  9   3  

8 PL3
=−
486 EI
Pb( L2 − b 2 ) P( L /3)( L2 − L2 /9) 4 PL2
θA = − =− =−
6EIL 6EIL 81 EI

7 PL3 8 PL3 15 PL3 5 PL3


(a) Deflection at C. yC = − − =− yC = ↓ 
486 EI 486 EI 486 EI 162 EI

5 PL2 4 PL2 1 PL2 1 PL2


(b) Slope at A. θA = − − =− θA = 
81 EI 81 EI 9 EI 9 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.71

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at C,
(b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION

L 2L
Loading I: Case 5. a = , b= , P = P, x = a
3 3
2 2
Pa 2b 2 P  L   2L  4 PL3
yC = − =−     = −
6 EIL 6EIL  3   3  243 EI
P  2L   2  2L  
2
Pb( L2 − b2 ) 5 PL2
θA = − =−    L −    = −
6EIL 6EIL  3    3   81 EI

PL L
Loading II: Case 7. M =− , x=
3 3

PL / 3  L  
3
M 2  L  4 PL3
yC = − ( x3 − L2 x) = +   − L   = −
6EIL 6EIL  3   3   243 EI

ML −( PL / 3) L 1 PL2
θA = + = =−
6EI 6EI 18 EI
4 PL3 4 PL3 8 PL3
(a) Deflection at C. yC = − − =−
243 EI 243 EI 243 EI

8 PL3
yC = ↓ 
243 EI

5 PL2 1 PL2 19 PL2


(b) Slope at A. θA = − − =−
81 EI 18 EI 162 EI

19 PL2
θA = 
162 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.72

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at C,
(b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION
Loading I: Case 6 in Appendix D.
5wL4 wL3
yC = − θA = −
384EI 24EI
Loading II: Case 7 in Appendix D.

M A  L   L 
3
1 M A L2 M AL
yC = −   − L2    = θA =
6EIL  2   2   16 EI 3EI

wL2 1 wL4 1 wL3


with MA = yC = θA =
12 192 EI 36 EI
Loading III: Case 7 in Appendix D.
1 M B L3
yC = (using Loading II result)
 16 EI
M L
θA = B
6EI

wL2 1 wL4 1 wL3


with MB = yC = θA =
12 192 EI 72 EI
(a) Deflection at C.
5 wL4 1 wL4 1 wL4 1 wL4
yC = − + + =−
384 EI 192 EI 192 EI 384 EI

1 wL4
yC = ↓ 
384 EI
(b) Slope at A.
1 wL3 1 wL3 1 wL3
θA = − + + =0
24 EI 36 EI 72 EI
θ A = 0 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.73

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the


slope and deflection at end C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.
Loading I: Concentrated load at B
Case 1 of Appendix D applied to portion AB.
PL2 (3)(0.75) 2 0.84375
θ B′ = − =− =−
2EI 2EI EI
PL3 (3)(0.75)3 0.421875
y′B = − =− =−
3EI 3EI EI
Portion BC remains straight.
0.84375
θC′ = θ B′ = −
EI
0.84375
yC′ = y′B − (0.5)θ B′ = −
EI

Loading II: Concentrated load at C. Case 1 of Appendix D.


PL2 (3)(1.25) 2 2.34375
θ ′′A = − =− =−
2EI 2 EI EI
PL3 (3)(1.25)3 1.953125
y′′A = − =− =−
3EI 3EI EI
3.1875
By superposition, θ A = θ ′A + θ A′′ = −
EI
2.796875
y A = y′A + y′′A = −
EI

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 2.52 × 106 mm 4 = 2.52 × 10−6 m 4

EI = (200 × 104 )(2.52 × 10−6 ) = 504 × 103 N ⋅ m 2 = 504 kN ⋅ m 2

3.1875
Slope at C. θC = − = −6.32 × 10−3 rad θC = 6.32 × 10−3 rad 
504
2.796875
Deflection at C. yC = − = −5.55 × 10−3 m yC = 5.55 mm ↓ 
504

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.74

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the


slope and deflection at point B. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.


The slope and deflection at B depend only on the
deformation of portion AB.
Reduce the force at C to an equivalent force-couple system
at B and add the force already at B to obtain the loadings I
and II shown.
Loading I: Case 1 of Appendix D.
PL2 (6)(0.75) 2 1.6875
θ B′ = − =− =−
2EI 2 EI EI
PL3 (6)(0.75)3 0.84375
y′B = − =− =−
3EI 3EI EI

Loading II: Case 3 of Appendix D.


ML (1.5)(0.75) 1.125
θ B′′ = − =− =−
EI EI EI
ML2 (1.5)(0.75) 2 0.421875
y′′B = − =− =−
2EI EI EI
By superposition,
2.8125
θ B = θ B′ + θ B′′ = −
EI
1.265625
yB = y′B + y′′B = −
EI

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 2.52 × 106 mm 4 = 2.52 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(2.52 × 10−6 ) = 504 × 103 N ⋅ m 2 = 504 kN ⋅ m 2

2.8125
Slope at B. θB = − = −5.58 × 10−3 rad θ B = 5.58 × 10−3 rad 
504
1.265625
Deflection at B. yB = − = −2.51 × 10−3 m yB = 2.51 mm ↓ 
504

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.75

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the


slope and deflection at end A. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.
Loading I: Concentrated load at A.
Case 1 of Appendix D.
PL2 (1)(5)2 12.5
θ ′A = = =
2EI 2 EI EI
PL3 (1)(5)3 41.667
y′A = − =− =−
3EI 3EI EI
Loading II: Uniformly distributed load over portion BC.
Case 2 of Appendix D applied to portion BC.
wL3 (1)(3)3 4.5
θ B′′ = = =
6 EI 6EI EI
wL4 (1)(3)4 10.125
y′′B = − =− =−
8EI 8EI EI
4.5
Portion AB remains straight. θ ′′A = θ B′′ =
EI
10.125  4.5  19.125
y′′A = y′′B − aθ B′′ = − − (2)  =−
EI  EI  EI
By superposition,
12.5 4.5 17
θ A = θ ′A + θ A′′ = + =
EI EI EI
41.667 19.125 60.792
y A = y′A + y′′A = − − =−
EI EI EI

Data: E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi


1
I = (2.0)(4.0)3 = 10.667 in 4
12
EI = (29 × 103 ) (10.667) = 309.33 × 103 kip ⋅ in 2 = 2148 kip ⋅ ft 2
17
Slope at A. θA = θ A = 7.91 × 10−3 rad 
2148
60.792
Deflection at A. yA = − = −28.30 × 10−3 ft y A = 0.340 in. ↓ 
2148

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.76

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine


the slope and deflection at point B. Use
E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.
Loading I: Concentrated load at A.
Case 1 of Appendix D.
P 3
y = [ x − 3Lx 2 ]
6EI
dy P
= [3x 2 − 6Lx]
dx 6EI
with P = 1 kip, L = 5 ft, x = 3 ft

1 18
y′B = [(3)3 − (3)(5)(3) 2 ] = −
6EI EI
dy ΄ 1 10.5
B = [(3)(3) 2 − (6)(5)(3)] = −
dx 6EI EI
10.5
Adjusting the sign, θ B′ =
EI
Loading II: Uniformly distributed load over portion BC.
Case 2 of Appendix D applied to portion BC.
wL4 (1)(3)4 10.125 wL3 (1)(3)3 4.5
y′′B = − =− =− θ B′′ = = =
8EI 8EI EI 6 EI 6 EI EI
By superposition,
10.5 4.5 15 18 10.125 28.125
θ B = θ B′ + θ B′′ = + = yB = y′B + y′′B = − − =−
EI EI EI EI EI EI
1
Data: E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi I = (2.0)(4.0)3 = 10.667 in 4
12
EI = (29 × 103 )(10.667) = 309.33 × 103 kip ⋅ in 2 = 2148 kip ⋅ ft 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.76 (Continued)

15
Slope at B. θB = = 6.98 × 10−3 θ B = 6.98 × 10−3 rad 
2148
28.125
Deflection at B. yB = − = −13.09 × 10−3 ft yB = 0.1571 in. ↓ 
2148

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.77

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope
at end A, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.


Loading I: Moment at B.
Case 7 of Appendix D. M = 80 kN ⋅ m, L = 5.0 m, x = 2.5 m

ML (80)(5.0) 66.667
θA = = =
6 EI 6 EI EI
M 80 125
yC = − ( x3 − L2 x) = − [2.53 − (5.0)2 (2.5)] =
6 EIL 6 EI (5.0) EI
Loading II: Moment at A. Case 7 of Appendix D.
M = 80 kN ⋅ m, L = 5.0 m, x = 2.5 m
ML (80)(5.0) 133.333
θA = = =
3EI 3EI EI
125
yC = (Same as loading I.)
EI
Loading III: 140 kN concentrated load at C. P = 140 kN

PL2 (140)(5.0)2 218.75


θA = − =− =−
16 EI 16 EI EI
PL3 (140)(5.0)3 364.583
yC = − =− =−
48 EI 48 EI EI

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 156 × 106 mm 4 = 156 × 10−6 m 4

EI = (200 × 109 )(156 × 10−6 ) = 31.2 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 31200 kN ⋅ m 2

67.667 + 133.333 − 218.75


(a) Slope at A. θA = = −0.601 × 10−3 rad
31200

θ A = 0.601 × 10−3 rad 

125 + 125 − 364.583


(b) Deflection at C. yC = = −3.67 × 10−3 m yC = 3.67 mm ↓ 
31200

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.78

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.


Loading I: 8 kN/m uniformly distributed.
Case 6: w = 8 kN/m, L = 3.9 m, x = 1.3 m

WL3 (8)(3.9)3 19.773


θA = − =− =−
24 EI 24EI EI
w 8
yC = − [ x 4 − 2Lx3 + L3 x] = − [(1.3) 4 − (2)(3.9)(1.3)3 + (3.9)3 (1.3)]
24EI 24 EI
20.945
=−
EI
Loading II: 35 kN concentrated load at C. Case 5 of Appendix D.
P = 35 kN, L = 3.9 m, a = 1.3 m, b = 2.6 m, x = a = 1.3 m
Pb( L2 − b 2 ) (35)(2.6)(3.92 − 2.6) 2 32.861
θA = − =− =−
6EIL 6EI (3.9) EI
Pa 2b 2 (35)(1.3) 2 (2.6) 2 34.176
yC = − =− =−
3EIL 3EI (3.9) EI

Data: E = 200 × 109 , I = 102 × 106 mm 4 = 102 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(102 × 10−6 ) = 20.4 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 20, 400 kN ⋅ m 2

19.773 + 32.861
(a) Slope at A. θA = − = −2.58 × 10−3 rad
20, 400

 θ A = 2.58 × 10−3 rad 

20.934 + 34.176
(b) Deflection at C. yC = − = −2.70 × 10−3 m
20, 400

yC = 2.70 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.79

For the uniform beam shown, determine the reaction at each of the three
supports.

SOLUTION

 Consider RC as redundant and replace loading system by I and II.



RC L3
Loading I: (Case 4 of Appendix D.) yC′ = −
48 EI
Loading II: (Case 7 of Appendix D.)

M 0  L   L 
3
yC′′ = −   − L2   
6 EIL  2   2  
M 0 L2
=
16 EI
Superposition and constraint:
yC = yC′ + yC′′ = 0

RC L3 M 0 L2 3M 0
− + =0 RC = ↓ 
48EI 16 EI L
 3M 0  L  M0
ΣM B = 0: − RA L +    − M0 = 0 RA = ↑ 
 L  2  2L
 M 0 3M 0 5M 0
ΣFY = 0: − + RB = 0 RB = ↑ 
2L L 2L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.80

For the uniform beam shown, determine the reaction at each of the three
supports.

SOLUTION

Beam is indeterminate to first degree. Consider RC to be the


redundant reaction, and replace the loading by loadings I, II,
and III.
Loading I: Case 4 of Appendix D.
RC (2L)3 1 RC L2
( yC ) I = =
48EI 6 EI
Loading II: Case 5 of Appendix D.
Pb
( yC ) II = [ x3 − {(2L) 2 − b 2}x]
6 EI (2L)

P( L/2)  3  2  L   
2
11 PL3
=  L − 4 L −    L  = −
12 EIL    2    48 EI

Loading III: Case 5 of Appendix D.
11 PL3
( yC ) III = 2( yC ) II = −
24 EI
Superposition and constraint: yC = ( yC ) I + ( yC ) II + ( yC ) III = 0

1 RC L3 11 PL3 11 PL3 1 RC L3 11 PL3 33


− − = − =0 RC = P ↑ 
6 EI 48 EI 24 EI 6 EI 16 EI 16
Statics: ME = 0 :
 3L   33  L
− RA (2L) + P   −  P  L + (2P)   = 0
 2   16  2
7
RA = P ↑
32
7 33
 Fy = 0: P−P+ P − 2 P + RE = 0
32 16
23
RE = P ↑
32

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.81

For the uniform beam shown, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the
reaction at B.

SOLUTION

Beam is indeterminate to first degree. Consider RA as


redundant and replace the given loading by loadings I, II,
and III.
Loading I: Case 1 of Appendix D.
RA L3
( yA)I =
3EI
Loading II: Case 2 of Appendix D.
wL4
( y A ) II = −
8EI
Loading III: Case 2 of Appendix D (portion CB).
w( L/2)3 1 wL3
(θC ) III = − =−
6 EI 48 EI
w( L/2)4 1 wL4
( yC ) III = =
8EI 128 EI
Portion AC remains straight.
L 7 wL4
( y A ) III = ( yC ) III + (θC ) III =
2 384 EI
Superposition and constraint: y A = ( y A ) I + ( y A ) II + ( y A ) III = 0

1 RA L3 1 wL4 7 wL4 1 RAL3 41 wL4 41


(a) − + = − =0 RA = wL ↑ 
3 3EI 8 EI 384 EI 3 EI 384 EI 128
Statics:
41 1 23
(b) ΣFy = 0 : wL − wL + RB = 0 RB = wL ↑ 
128 2 128
 41  1  3L  7
ΣM B = 0 : −  wL  L −  wL   − M B = 0 MB = wL2 
 128   2  4  128

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.82

For the uniform beam shown, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the
reaction at B.

SOLUTION

Consider RA as redundant and replace loading system by I and II.

RA L3
Loading I: (Case 1 of Appendix D.) y ′A =
3EI
Loading II: Portion BC. (Case 3 of Appendix D.)
M 0 ( L − a)2 M 0 ( L − a)
yC′′ = − θC′′ =
2 EI EI
Portion AC is straight. y ′′A = yC′′ − (a)θC
M 0 ( L − a) 2 aM 0 ( L − a )
=− −
2 EI EI
(a) Superposition and constraint: y A = y ′A + y ′′A = 0

RA L3 M 0 ( L − a) 2 aM 0 ( L − a)
− − =0
3EI 2 EI EI
2
RA L3 − M 0 ( L − a)( L − a + 2a ) = 0
3
2 3M 0
RA L3 = M 0 ( L2 − a 2 ) RA = ( L2 − a 2 ) ↑ 
3 2 L3
3M 0
(b) ΣFy = 0: RA + RB = 0 RB = − RA RB = ( L2 − a 2 ) ↓ 
2 L3
3 M0 2
ΣM B = 0: M B + M 0 − RA L = 0 MB + M0 − (L − a2 ) = 0
2 L2
3M 0  2 2  M0
MB = 2 
L − a 2 − L2  MB = ( L2 − 3a 2 ) 
2L  3  2 L2

 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.83

For the beam shown, determine the reaction at B.

SOLUTION

Beam is second degree indeterminate. Choose RB and M B as


redundant reactions.
Loading I: Case 1 of Appendix D.
RB L3 RB L2
( yB ) I = (θ B ) I =
3EI 2EI
Loading II: Case 3 of Appendix D.
M B L2 M BL
( yB ) II = − (θ B ) II = −
2 EI EI
Loading III: Case 2 of Appendix D.
wL4 wL2
( yB ) III = − (θ B ) III = −
8EI 6 EI
Superposition and constraint:
yB = ( yB ) I + ( yB )II + ( yB ) III = 0
L3 L2 wL4
RB − MB − =0 (1)
3EI 2EI 8EI
θ B = (θ B ) I + (θ B ) II + (θ B ) III = 0
L2 L wL3
RB − MB − =0 (2)
2EI EI 6EI
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously,
1
RB = wL ↑ 
2
1
MB = wL2 
12

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.84

For the beam shown, determine the reaction at B.

SOLUTION

Beam is second degree indeterminate. Choose RB and M B as redundant reactions.


Loading I: Case 1 of Appendix D.
RB L3 R L2
( yB ) I = − , (θ B ) I = − B
3EI 2 EI
Loading II: Case 3 of Appendix D.
M B L2 M L
( yB ) II = , (θ B )II = B
2 EI EI
Loading III: Case 3 applied to portion AC.
M 0 ( L/2) 2 M 0 L2
( yC )III = =
2 EI 8 EI
M 0 ( L/2) M 0 L
(θC )III = =
EI 2 EI
Portion CB remains straight.

L 3 M 0 L2
( yB ) III = ( yC ) III + (θC ) III =
2 8 EI
2
1 M0L
(θ B ) III = (θC )III =
2 EI
Superposition and constraint:
yB = ( yB ) I + ( yB )II + ( yB ) III = 0
L3 L2 3 M 0 L2
− RB + MB + =0 (1)
3EI 2 EI 8 EI
θ B = (θ B ) I + (θ B ) II + (θ B ) III = 0
L2 L 1 M0L
− RB + MB + =0 (2)
2 EI EI 2 EI
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously,
3 M0
RB = ↓ 
2 L
1
MB = M0 
4

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.85

A central beam BD is joined at hinges to two


cantilever beams AB and DE. All beams have the
cross section shown. For the loading shown,
determine the largest w so that the deflection at C
does not exceed 3 mm. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Let a = 0.4 m.
Cantilever beams AB and CD.
( wa) a3 wa 4 11 wa 4
Cases 1 and 2 of Appendix D. yB = yD = − − =−
3EI 8EI 24 EI
Beam BCD, with L = 0.8 m, assuming that points B and D do not move.
Case 6 of Appendix D.
5wL4
yC′ = −
384 EI
Additional deflection due to movement of points B and D.
11 wa 4
yC′′ = yB = yD = −
24 EI
Total deflection at C. yC = yC′ + yC′′

 5L 11a 
4 4
w
yC = −  + 
EI  384 24 

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa,


1
I = (24)(12)3 = 3.456 × 10−3 mm 4 = 3.456 × 10−9 m 4
12
EI = (200 × 109 )(3.456 × 10−9 ) = 691.2 N ⋅ m 2

yC = −3 × 10−3 m
w  (5)(0.8) 4 (11)(0.4) 4 
−3 × 10−3 = −  + −6
 = −24.69 w
691.2  384 24 
w = 121.5 N/m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.86

The two beams shown have the same cross section and are
joined by a hinge at C. For the loading shown, determine
(a) the slope at point A, (b) the deflection at point B. Use
E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Using free body ABC,
ΣM A = 0: 18 RC − (12)(800) = 0 RC = 533.33 lb
6
E = 29 × 10 psi
1 1
I = bh3 = (1.25)(1.25)3 = 0.20345 in 4
12 12
EI = (29 × 10 )(0.20345) = 5.900 × 106 lb ⋅ in 2
6

Using cantilever beam CD with load RC ,


Case 1 of Appendix D.
RC L3CD (533.33)(12)3
yC = − =− = −52.067 × 10−3 in.
3EI (3)(5.900 × 106 )

Calculation of θ A′ and yB′ assuming that point C does not move.


Case 5 of Appendix D.
P = 800 lb, L = 18 in., a = 12 in., b = 6 in.
Pb( L2 − b 2 ) (800)(6)(182 − 62 )
θ A′ = − =− = −2.1695 × 10−3 rad
6 EIL (6)(5.900 × 106 )(18)
Pb 2 a 2 (800)(6) 2 (12) 2
yB′ = − =− = −13.017 × 10−3 in.
3EIL (3)(5.900 × 106 )(18)
Additional slope and deflection due to movement of point C.
yC 52.067 × 10−3
θ A′′ = =− = −2.8926 × 10−3 rad
LAC 18
a (12)(52.067 × 10−3 )
yB′′ = yC = − = −34.711 × 10−3 in.
L 18

(a) Slope at A. θ A = θ A′ + θ A′′ = −2.1695 × 10−3 − 2.8926 × 10−3 θ A = 5.06 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at B. yB = yB′ + yB′′ = −13.017 × 10−3 − 34.711 × 10−3 yB = 0.0477 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.87

Beam CE rests on beam AB as shown. Knowing that a W10 × 30


rolled-steel shape is used for each beam, determine for the loading
shown the deflection at point D. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION For W10 × 30, I = 170in 4

EI = (29 × 106 )(170) = 4.93 × 109 lb ⋅ in 2 = 34, 236 kip ⋅ ft 2


Beam AB: 15 kip downward loads at C and E.
Refer to Case 5 of Appendix D.
Pa 2b 2
Loading I: ( yC ) I = −
3EIL
with a = 2 ft, b = 10 ft, L = 12 ft

(15)(2) 2 (10) 2
( yC )1 = − = −4.8682 × 10−3 ft
(3)(34236)(12)

Pb  x 2 − ( L2 − b2 ) x 
Loading II: ( yC ) 2 =
6EIL
with b = 2 ft, x = 2 ft, L = 12 ft

(15)(2)[23 − (122 − 22 )(2)]


( yC ) 2 = = −3.3104 × 10 −3 ft
(6)(34, 236)(12)
yC = ( yC )1 + ( yC ) 2 = −8.1786 × 10−3 ft

By symmetry, yE = yC
Beam CDE: 30 kip downward loads at D.
Refer to Case 4 of Appendix D.
PL3
yD / C = −
48EI

with P = 30 kips and L = 8 ft

(30)(8)3
yD/C = − = −9.3469 × 10−3 ft
(48)(34, 236)

Total deflection at D. yD = yC + yD / C = 17.5255 × 10−3 ft yD = 0.210 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.88

Beam AC rests on the cantilever beam DE as shown. Knowing that a


W410 × 38.8 rolled-steel shape is used for each beam, determine for the
loading shown (a) the deflection at point B, (b) the deflection at point D.
Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.
Using free body ABC,
 M A = 0: 4.4 RC − (4.4)(30)(2.2) = 0

RC = 66.0 kN

E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 125 × 106 mm 4 = 125 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(125 × 10−6 ) = 25.0 × 10−6 N ⋅ m 2
= 25,000 kN ⋅ m 2
For slope and defection at C, use Case 1 of Appendix D
applied to portion CE of beam DCE.
RC L2 (66.0)(2.2) 2
θC = = = 6.3888 × 10−3 rad
2EI (2)(25, 000)
RC L3 (66.0)(2.2)3
yC = − = = −9.3702 × 10−3 m
3EI (3)(25, 000)
Defection at B, assuming that point C does not move.
5WL4 (5)(30)(4.4) 4
Use Case 6 of Appendix D. ( yB )1 = − =− = −5.8564 × 10−3
384EI (384)(25, 000)

1
Additional defection at B due to movement of point C: ( yB ) 2 = yC = −4.6851 × 10−3 m
2

(a) Total deflection at B. yB = ( yB )1 + ( yB )2 = −10.54 × 10−3 m yB = 10.54 mm ↓ 


Portion DC of beam DCB remains straight.

(b) Deflection at D. yD = yC − aθC = −9.3702 × 10−3 − (2.2)(6.3888 × 10−3 ) = −23.4 × 10−3 m

yD = 23.4 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.89

Before the 2-kip/ft load is applied, a gap, δ 0 = 0.8 in., exists


between the W16 × 40 beam and the support at C. Knowing
that E = 29 × 106 psi, determine the reaction at each support
after the uniformly distributed load is applied.

SOLUTION

Data: δ 0 = 0.8 in. = 66.667 × 10−3 ft


E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi
I = 518 in 4
EI = 15.022 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2
= 104.319 × 103 kip ⋅ ft 2
Loading I: Case 6 of Appendix D.

5wL4
yC′ = −
384 EI
5(2)(24) 4
=−
384(104.319 × 103 )
= −82.823 × 10−3 ft
Loading II: Case 4 of Appendix D.
RC L3 RC (24)3
yC′′ = =
48EI 48(104.319 × 103 )
= 2.7608 × 10−3 RC
Deflection at C.
yC = yC′ + yC′′ = −δ 0

−82.823 × 10−3 + 2.7608 × 10−3 R C = −66.667 × 10−3


R C = 5.8519 kips RC = 5.85 kips ↑ 

ΣM B = 0: (2)(24)(12) − RA (24) − (5.8519)(12) = 0


RA = 21.074 kips RA = 21.1 kips ↑ 

ΣFy = 0: 21.074 − 2(24) + 5.8519 + RB = 0

RB = 21.1 kips ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.90

The cantilever beam BC is attached to the steel cable AB as shown.


Knowing that the cable is initially taut, determine the tension in the
cable caused by the distributed load shown. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Let P be the tension developed in member AB and δ B be the elongation of that member.

Cable AB: A = 255 mm 2 = 255 × 10−6 m 2

PL ( P)(3)
δB = =
EA (200 × 109 )(255 × 10−6 )
= 58.82 × 10−9 P

Beam BC: I = 156 × 106 mm 4 = 156 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(156 × 10−6 )
= 31.2 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
Loading I: 20 kN/m downward.
Refer to Case 2 of Appendix D.
wL4 (20 × 103 )(6) 4
( yB )1 = − =−
8EI (8)(31.2 × 106 )
= −103.846 × 10−3 m
Loading II: Upward force P at Point B.
Refer to Case 1 of Appendix D.
PL3 P(6)3
( yB ) 2 = = = 2.3077 × 10−6 P
3EI (3)(31.2 × 106 )

By superposition, yB = ( yB )1 + ( yB ) 2
Also, matching the deflection at B,
yB = −δ B

−103.846 × 10−3 + 2.3077 × 10−6 P = −58.82 × 10−9 P

2.3666 × 10−6 P = 103.846 × 10−3 P = 43.9 × 103 N

P = 43.9 kN 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.91

Before the load P was applied, a gap, δ 0 = 0.5mm, existed


between the cantilever beam AC and the support at B.
Knowing that E = 200 GPa, determine the magnitude of P
for which the deflection at C is 1 mm.

SOLUTION
Let length AB = L = 0.5 m
length BC = a = 0.2 m
Consider portion AB of beam ABC.
The loading becomes forces P and RB at B plus the couple Pa.
The deflection at B is δ 0. Using Cases 1 and 3 of Appendix D,

( P − RB ) L3 PaL2
δ0 = +
3EI 2 EI
 L3 L2a  L3
 +  P − RB = EI δ 0 (1)
 3 2  3

The deflection at C depends on the deformation of beam ABC


subjected to loads P and RB . For loading I, using Case 1 of
Appendix D,
P ( L + a )3
(δ C )1 =
3EI
For loading II, using Case 1 of Appendix D,
RB L3 RB L2
yB = θB =
3EI 2EI
Portion BC remains straight.
 L3 L2a  RB
yC = yB + aθ B =  + 
 3 2  EI

By superposition, the downward deflection at C is

P( L + a)3  L3 L2a  RB
δC = −  + 
3EI  3 2  EI

( L + a)3  L3 L2a 
P −  +  RB = EI δ C (2)
3  3 2 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.91 (Continued)

1
Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa I = (60)(60)3 = 1.08 × 106 mm 4 = 1.08 × 10−6 m 4
12
EI = 216 × 103 N ⋅ m 2
δ 0 = 0.5 × 10−3 m δ C = 1.0 × 10−3 m
Using the data, eqs (1) and (2) become
0.06667 P − 0.04167 RB = 108 (1)′

0.11433 P − 0.06667 RB = 216 (2)′


Solving simultaneously,

P = 5.63 × 103 N P = 5.63 kN ↓ 


RB = 6.42 × 103 N

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.92

For the loading shown, knowing that beams AC and BD


have the same flexural rigidity, determine the reaction at B.

SOLUTION
Consider the two beams shown at the right.
Let RC be the contact force between beams AC and BCD.
Applying Cases 1 and 2 of Appendix D to cantilever beam AC,
RC a3 wa 4
yC = −
3EI 8 EI
Applying Case 4 of Appendix D to simply supported beam BCD,
RC L3
yC = −
48 EI
Equating expressions for yC ,

RC a 3 wa 4 R L3
− =− C
3EI 8EI 48EI
(16a + L ) RC = 6wa 4
3 3

6wa
RC =
16 + L3 / a3

Data: w = 50 lb/in, a = 25 in., L = 20 + 20 = 40 in.

(6)(50)(25)
RC = = 373.21 lb
16 + (40/25)3
Using beam BCD as a free body,
L 1
ΣM D = 0: − RB L + RC =0 RB = RC = 186.6 lb ↑ 
2 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.93

A 78 -in.-diameter rod BC is attached to the lever AB and


to the fixed support at C. Lever AB has a uniform cross
section 83 in. thick and 1 in. deep. For the loading shown,
determine the deflection of point A. Use E = 29 × 106 psi
and G = 11.2 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Deformation of rod BC. (Torsion)
1 17
c= d =   = 0.4375 in.
2 28
π
J= C 4 = 57.548 × 10−3 in 4
2
T = Pa = (80)(10) = 800 lb ⋅ in
L = 20 in.
TL (800)(20)
ϕB = =
GJ (11.2 × 106 )(57.548 × 10−3 )
= 24.824 × 10−3 rad
Deflection of point A assuming lever AB to be rigid.
( y A )1 = aϕ B = (10)(24.824 × 10−3 )
= 0.24824 in. ↓
Additional deflection due to bending of lever AB.
Refer to Case 1 of Appendix D.
1 3 3 −3 4
I=   (1) = 31.25 × 10 in
12  8 
PL3 (80)(10)3
( yA ) = =
3EI (3)(29 × 106 )(31.25 × 10−3 )
= 0.02943 in. ↓
Total deflection at point A.
y A = ( y A )1 + ( y A ) 2 y A = 0.278 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.94

A 16-mm-diameter rod has been bent into the shape shown.


Determine the deflection of end C after the 200-N force is applied.
Use E = 200 GPa and G = 80 GPa.

SOLUTION

Let 200 N = P.
Consider torsion of rod AB.

TL ( PL) L PL2
φB = = =
JG JG JG
PL3
yC′ = − LφB = −
JG
Consider bending of AB. (Case 1 of Appendix D.)
PL3
yC′′ = yB = −
3EI
Consider bending of BC. (Case 1 of Appendix D.)
PL3
yC′′′ = −
3EI
Superposition:
yC = yC′ + yC′′ + yC′′′
PL3 PL3 PL3 PL3  EI 2 
=− − − =− +
JG 3EI 3EI EI  JG 3 
Data:
1
G = 80(109 ) Pa J = π (0.008) 4 = 6.4340(10−9 ) m 4
2
1
E = 200(109 ) Pa I = J = 3.2170(10−9 ) m 4
2
EI = 643.40 N ⋅ m 2 JG = 514.72 N ⋅ m 2
(200)(0.25)3  643.40 2 
yC = −  +  = −9.3093(10−3 ) m
643.40  514.72 3 

 yC = 9.31 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.95

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
the free end, (b) the deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
Place reference tangent at B.
Draw M/EI diagram.
1  PL  PL2
A=  −  L = −
2  EI  2 EI
2
x= L
3
PL2
θ B/A = A = −
2 EI
 PL3  2  PL3
t A/B = Ax =  −   L  = −
 2 EI  3  3EI

(a) Slope at end A.


θB = θ A + A

PL2 PL2
0 = θA − θA = 
2 EI 2 EI
(b) Deflection at A.
PL3 PL3
y A = t A/B = − yA = ↓ 
3EI 3EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.96

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
the free end, (b) the deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
Place reference tangent at B.
Draw M/EI diagram.
M  M0L
A= 0  L = EI
 EI 
1
x= L
2
M0L
θ B/A = A =
EI
 M L  1 
t B/A = Ax =  0   L 
 EI   2 
M 0 L2
=
2 EI
(a) Slope at end A.
M0L
θB = θ A + A 0 = θA +
EI
M0L M0L
θA = − θA = 
EI EI
(b) Deflection at A.
M 0 L2 M 0 L2
y A = t A/B = yA = ↑ 
2 EI 2 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.97

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
the free end, (b) the deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
Place reference tangent at B.
θB = 0
1 L
ΣM B = 0:  w0 L  + M B = 0
2 3
1
M B = − w0 L2
6
Draw M/EI curve as cubic parabola.

1  1 w0 L2  1 w0 L3
A=−   L=−
4  6 EI  24 EI
1 4
x = L− L= L
5 5
By first moment-area theorem,

1 w0 L3
θ B/A = A = −
24 EI
θ B = θ A + θ B/A
1 w0 L3 1 w0 L3
θ A = θ B − θ B/A = 0 + =
24 EI 24 EI
By second moment-area theorem,

 4   1 w0 L 
3
1 w0 L4
t A/B = xA =  L   −  =−
 5   24 EI  30 EI
1 w0 L4
y A = t A/B = −
30 EI
w0 L3
(a) θA = 
24 EI
w0 L4
(b) yA = ↓ 
30 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.98

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
the free end, (b) the deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
Place reference tangent at B.
θB = 0
Draw M/EI curve as parabola.

1  wL2  1 wL3
A = −   L = −
3  2 EI  6 EI
1 3
x = L− L= L
4 4
By first moment-area theorem,
1 wL3
θ B/A = A = −
6 EI
θ B = θ A + θ B/A
1 wL3 1 wL3
θ A = θ B − θ B/A = 0 + =
6 EI 6 EI
By second moment-area theorem,

 3   1 wL 
3
1 wL4
t A/B = xA =  L   −  = −
 4   6 EI  8 EI
1 wL4
y A = t A/B = −
8 EI

wL3
(a) θA = 
6 EI

wL4
(b) yA = ↓ 
8 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.99

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
deflection at (a) point B, (b) point C.

SOLUTION
Place reference tangent at A.
M
Draw diagram.
EI

1  wL2   L  wL3
A1 =  −    = −
3  8EI   2  48EI
 wL2   L  wL3
A2 =  −    = −
 8EI   2  16EI

1  2wL2   L  wL3
A3 =  −    = −
2  8EI   2  16 EI
θ A = 0, y A = 0
(a) Slope at B.
θ B = θ A + A1 + A2 + A3

7wL3 7wL3
=− θB = 
48EI 48EI
3 L L 1 L L 2 L
Deflection at B. yB = t B /A = A1  ⋅  + A2  + ⋅  + A3  + ⋅ 
4 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
wL4 3wL4 5wL4 41wL4
=− − − =−
128EI 64 EI 96EI 384 EI

41wL4
yB = ↓ 
384EI

wL3 wL3
(b) Slope at C. θC = θ A + A2 + A3 = − θC = 
8EI 8EI
1 L R L
Deflection at C. yC = tC / A = A2  ⋅  + A3  ⋅ 
 2 2   3 2

7wL4 7wL4
=− yC = ↓ 
192EI 192 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.100

For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the
slope and deflection at (a) point B, (b) point C.

SOLUTION

Place reference tangent at A. θ A = 0

M
Draw diagram.
EI
 M  L  1 M 0 L
A1 =  0   =
 EI  2  2 EI
 M  L  1 M 0L
A2 =  − 0   = −
 EI 2
  2 EI

(a) Slope at B.
1 M 0L 1 M 0L
θ B / A = A1 + A2 = − =0
2 EI 2 EI
θB = θ A + θB / A = 0 θB = 0 
Deflection at B.
L 1 L 1 L
yB = t B /A = A1  + ⋅  + A2  ⋅ 
2 2 2 2 2

3 M 0 L2 1 M 0 L2 1 M 0 L2 1 M 0 L2
= − = yB = ↑ 
8 EI 8 EI 4 EI 4 EI
(b) Slope at C.
1 M 0L 1 M 0L
θC / A = A1 = θC = θ A + θC / A θC = 
2 EI 2 EI
Deflection at C.

 1 L  1 M 0 L2 1 M 0 L2
yC = tC / A = A1  ⋅  = yC = ↑ 
 2 2  8 EI 8 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.101

Two C6 × 8.2 channels are welded back to back and loaded as


shown. Knowing that E = 29 × 106 psi, determine (a) the slope at
point D, (b) the deflection at point D.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.


E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi I = (2)(13.1) = 26.2 in 4
EI = (29.103 )(26.2) = 759.8 × 103 kip ⋅ in 2 = 5276 kip ⋅ ft 2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M 1 (1.1)(6) 6.6 −1
= =− ft
EI EI EI
1  6.6  19.8 1
A1 =   (6) = − x1 = (6) = 2 ft
2  EI  EI 3
M2 (1.1)(4) 4.4 −1
=− =− ft
EI EI EI
1  4.4  8.8 1 4
A2 =  −  (4) = − x2 = (4) = ft
2  EI  EI 3 3
M3 (1.1)(2) 2.2 −1
=− =− ft
EI EI EI
1  2.2  2.2 1 2
A3 =  −  (2) = − x3 = (2) = ft
2  EI  EI 3 3

Place reference tangent at A. θA = 0


30.8 30.8
(a) Slope at D. θ D / A = A1 + A2 + A3 = − =− = −5.84 × 10−3 rad
EI 5276

θ D = θ A + θ D /A θ D = 5.89 × 10−3 rad. 

 19.8   8.8  2   2.2  1 


(b) Deflection at D. tD / A =  −  (4) +  −  4  +  −  5  
 EI   EI  3   EI  3 
132.0 132.0
=− =− = 25.02 × 10 −3 ft
EI 5276

 yD = t D / A = 25.02 × 10−3 ft  yD = 0.300 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.102

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at point A, (b) the deflection at point A. Use
E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.

E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 28.7 × 106 mm 4 = 28.7 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(28.7 × 106 )
= 5.74 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
= 5740 kN ⋅ m 2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts:
M1 (5)(3.5)
=− = −3.0488 × 10−3 m −1
EI 5740
1
A1 = (−3.0488 × 10−3 )(3.5) = −5.3354 × 10−3
2
1
x1 = (3.5) = 1.16667 m
3
M2 (4)(2.5) 2
=− = −2.1777 × 10−3 m −1
EI (2)(5740)
1
A2 = (−2.1777 × 10−3 )(2.5) = −1.81475 × 10−3
3
1
x2 = (2.5) = 0.625m
4
Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0

θC / A = A1 + A2 = −7.1502 × 10−3

(a) Slope at A. θ A = θC − θC / A = 7.1502 × 10−3

θ A = 7.15 × 10−3 rad 

t A / C = (2.3333)(−5.3354 × 10−3 ) + (2.875)(−1.81475 × 10−3 )


= −17.6665 × 10−3 m
(b) Deflection at A.

y A = t AC = −17.67 × 10−3 m y A = 17.67 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.103

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope
at point B, (b) the deflection at point B. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

4
π  1.8  4
I=   = 0.51530 in
4 2 
EI = (29 × 106 )(0.51530) = 14.9437 × 106 lb ⋅ in 2
wL2 (40)(30) 2
MA = − =− = −18000 lb ⋅ in
2 2
1
A1 = (−18000)(30) = −180 × 103 lb ⋅ in 2
3
wL2 (60)(30) 2
MA = − =− = −9000 lb ⋅ in
6 6
1
A2 = (−9000)(30) = −67.5 × 103 lb ⋅ in 2
4
(a) Slope at B.
EIθ B/A = A1 + A2 = −180 × 103 − 67.5 × 103
= −247.5 × 103 lb ⋅ in 2
−247.5 × 103
θ B = θ B/A = = −16.5622 × 10−3 rad
14.9437 × 106

θ B = 16.56 × 10−3 rad 


(b) Deflection at B.
EIyB = EIt B/A
= (−180 × 103 )(22.5) + (−67.5 × 103 )(24)
= −5.67 × 106 lb ⋅ in 3
−5.67 × 106
yB =
14.9437 × 106
= −0.37942 in. yB = 0.379 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.104

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope
at point A, (b) the deflection at point A. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.
I = 178 × 106 mm 4 = 178 × 10−6
EI = (200 × 109 )(178 × 10−6 ) = 35600 kN ⋅ m 2
M
Draw EI
diagram by parts.

M 1 (20)(2.1)
= = 1.17978 × 10−3 m −1
EI 35600
1
A1 =   (2.1)(1.17978 × 10−3 ) = 1.23876 × 10−3
2

M2 = −
( 12 ) (120 ) (3)(1) = −5.0562 × 10−3 m−1
35600
1
A2 =   (3)(−5.0562 × 10−3 ) = −3.7921 × 10−3
4
Place reference tangent at C.
θC = 0
(a) Slope at A.
θ A = −θC/A = − A1 − A2

θ A = 2.55 × 10−3 rad 


(b) Deflection at A.
y A = t A/C
3
yC = A1 (3 − 0.7) + A2 (3 − ) = −6.25 × 10−3 m yC = 6.25 mm ↓ 
5

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.105

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
point C, (b) the deflection at point C.

SOLUTION

1  PL  L  PL2
A1 =  −   = −
2  EI  2  4 EI
1  PL  L  PL2
A2 =  −   = −
2  3EI  2  12 EI
1  PL  L  PL2
A3 = − = −
2  2 EI  
 2  8EI
(a) Slope at C.
θC = A1 + A2 + A3
PL2 1 1 1 11PL2
=− + +
 4 12 8  = −
EI   24 EI

11PL2
θC = 
24 EI
5  2  1 
(b) Deflection at C. yC = tC/A = A1  L  + A2  L  + A3  L 
 6   3  3 
 PL2   5   PL2   2   PL2  1  22 PL3
=  −   L  +  −   L  +  −   L  = −
 4 EI   6   12 EI   3   8EI  3  72 EI

11PL3
yC = ↓ 
36 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.106

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
point A, (b) the deflection at point A.

SOLUTION

M
Draw the diagram using the M diagram.
EI

1  1 wL2   L  1 wL3
A1 =  −    = −
2  24 EI   2  96 EI

1  1 wL2   L  1 wL3
A2 =  −    = −
2  8 EI   2  32 EI

1  1 wL2   L  1 wL3
A3 =  −    = −
3  8 EI   2  48 EI

Place reference tangent at C.


(a) Slope at A. θ A = −θC / A

1 wL3
θ A = − A1 − A2 − A3 =
16 EI

1 wL3
θA = 
16 EI
(b) Deflection at A. y A = tA/C

2  5  3 
y A = A1  L  + A2  L  + A3  L 
 3   6  8 
47 wL4
=−
1152 EI
47 wL4
yA = ↓ 
1152 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.107

Two cover plates are welded to the rolled-steel beam as shown.


Using E = 29 × 106 psi, determine (a) the slope at end C, (b) the
deflection at end C.

SOLUTION

Portion BC: I = 248 in 4

EI = (29 × 106 )(248) = 7.192 × 109 lb ⋅ in 2 = 49,944 kip ⋅ ft 2


Portion AB:
A(in 2 ) d (in.) Ad 2 (in 4 ) I (in 4 )
Top plate 4.5 5.3 126.405 0.09375
W12 × 45 248
Bot. plate 4.5 5.3 126.405 0.09375
Σ 252.81 248.19
I = 252.81 + 248.19 = 501.00 in 4 EI = (29 × 106 )(501) = 14.529 × 109 lb ⋅ in 2 = 100,896 kip ⋅ ft 2

M M1 (15)(6)
Draw diagram: =− = −892.01 × 10−6 ft −1
EI EI 100,896

M3 (15)(1.5)
=− = −450.50 × 10−6 ft −1
EI 49,944
1
A1 = (4.5)(−892.01 × 10−6 ) = −2.0070 × 10−3
2
1.5
A2 = A1 = − 0.50175 × 10−3
6
1
A3 = (1.5)(−450.50 × 10−6 ) = −0.33788 × 10−3
2
Place reference tangent at A.

(a) Slope at C. θC = θC /A = A1 + A2 + A3 θC = 2.85 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at C. yC = tC / A

yC = (4.5)( A1) + (3)( A2 ) + (1)( A3 ) = −10.8746 × 10 −3 ft

yC = 0.1305in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.108

Two cover plates are welded to the rolled-steel beam as


shown. Using E = 200 GPa, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at end A.

SOLUTION

Portion AB: I = 216 × 106 mm 4

EI = (200 × 106 kPa)(216 × 10−6 m 4 ) = 43, 200 kN ⋅ m 2


Portion BC:

A(mm 2 ) d (mm) Ad 2 (mm 4 ) I (mm 4 )


Top plate 2400 209 104.834 × 106 28,800

W410 × 60 216 × 106

Bot. plate 2400 209 104.834 × 106 28,800

Σ 209.67 × 106 216.06 × 106

I = 209.67 × 106 + 216.06 × 106 = 425.73 × 106 mm 4


EI = (200 × 106 kPa)(425.73 × 10−6 m 4 ) = 85,146 kN ⋅ m 2
M M1 (40)(0.6)
Draw diagram: =− = −0.55556 × 10−3 m −1
EI EI 43200
M2 (40)(2.7)
=− = −1.26841 × 10−3 m −1
EI 85146
M4 (90)(2.1)(1.05)
=− = −2.3307 × 10−3 m −1
EI 85146
1
A1 = (0.6)(−0.55556 × 10−3 ) = −0.166668 × 10−3
2
1
A2 = (2.1)(−1.26841 × 10−3 ) = −1.33183 × 10−3
2
0.6
A3 = A2 = −0.29596 × 10−3
2.7
1
A4 = (2.1)(−2.3307 × 10−3 ) = −1.63149 × 10−3
3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.108 (Continued)

Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0

(a) Slope at A. θ A = θC − θ A/C = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 + A4 ) θ A = 3.43 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at A. yA = t A/ C

y A = (0.4)( A1) + (2)( A2 ) + (1.3)( A3 ) + (2.175)( A4 ) = −6.66 × 10−3 m

y A = 6.66 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.109

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION
Symmetric beam and loading.
Place reference tangent at C.
θC = 0, yC = −t A/C
1
Reactions: RA = RB = P
2
1
Bending moment at C. MC = PL
4

1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A=    =
2  4 EI  2  16 EI

(a) Slope at A. θ A = θ C − θ C/ A

1 PL2 1 PL2
θA = 0 − θA = − 
16 EI 16 EI

L  1 PL 2   L 
yC = −t A/C = − A   = − 
 16 EI   3 
(b) Deflection at C.
3  

1 PL3
yC = ↓ 
48 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.110

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION


1  3PL  L  3PL2
A1 =    =
2  4 EI  2  16 EI

1  PL  L  PL2
A2 = −   = −
2  4 EI  4  32 EI

 (a) Slope at A. θC = θ A + θC/A ; θ A = 0 − θC/A


 θ A = −θC/A = −( A1 + A2 )
  3PL2 PL2 
= − − 
 16 EI 32 EI 
5PL2
=−
32 EI
5PL2
θA = 
32 EI
(b) Deflection at C.
L  5L 
t A/C = A1   + A2  
3  12 
 3PL2   L   PL2   5L 
=     +  −   12 
 16 EI   3   32 EI 
19 PL3
=
384 EI
19 PL3 19 PL3
yC = −t A / C = − yC = ↓ 
384 EI 384 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.111

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading.


Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0
Reactions: RA = RE = wa
Bending moment.
1 2
Over AB: M = wax − wa
2
1 2
Over BD: M= wa
2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M1 wa 2
=
EI EI
M2 1 wa 2
=−
EI 2 EI
M 3 1 wa 2
=
EI 2 EI
1 M1 1 wa3
A1 = a=
2 EI 2 EI
1 M2 1 wa3
A2 = − a=−
3 EI 6 EI
2
M L  1 wa
A3 = 3  − a  = ( L − 2a )
EI  2  4 EI
(a) Slope at A. θ A = θC − θC / A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 )
1 wa3 1 wa3 1 wa 2
=− + − ( L − 2a )
2 EI 6 EI 4 EI
wa 2  1 1 
=−  L − a
EI  4 6 

1 wa 2 wa 2
=− (3L − 2a) θA = (3L − 2a) 
12 EI 12 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.111 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at C. yC = −tC/A

2
x1 = a,
3
3
x2 = a,
4
1L  1
x3 = a +  − a  = ( L + 2a)
2 2  4
yC = −tC/A = − A1 x1 − A2 x2 − A3 x3
 1 wa3   2   1 wa 3   3  1  wa 2  1
= −    a  +    a  −   ( L − 2a) ( L + 2a )
 2 EI   3   6 EI   4  4  EI  4
1 wa3 1 wa3 1 wa 2 2
=− + − ( L − 4a 2 )
3 EI 8 EI 16 EI
wa 2  1 2 1 2  1 wa 2
=−  L − a  = − (3L2 − 2a 2 )
EI  16 24  48 EI

wa 2
yA = (3L2 − 2a 2 ) ↓ 
48EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.112

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading.


Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0
w0 L
Reactions: RA = RB =
4
M
Draw diagram by parts.
EI

M1 RA L w0 L2
= =
EI 2 8EI
1  L   M  w L3
A1 =   1  = 0
2  2  EI  32 EI
M2 1 1  w0 L  1 L  w0 L2
= ⋅ −  ⋅  = −
EI EI 2  2   3 2  24 EI
1  L  w L  2
wL 3
A2 =    − 0  = − 0
4  2   24 EI  192 EI

(a) Slope at A. θ A = −θC/A

 1 1  w L3 5w0 L3
θ A = − A1 − A2 =  − + 
0
θA = 
 32 192  EI 192 EI

(b) Deflection at C. yC = t A/C

 2  L    4  L    1  1   2  1   w0 L4
t A/C = A1     + A2     =    −   
 3  2    5  2    3  32   5  192   EI
w0 L4
=
120 EI
w0 L4
yc = ↓ 
120 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.113

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION
Symmetric beam and loading.
Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0.
M
Draw diagram.
EI
(a) Slope at A. θA = 0
M0 L  1 M0
Α=
EI  2 − a  = 2 EI ( L − 2a )
 
1M
θ A = θC − θC/A = 0 − A = − ( L − 2a )
2 EI
1 M0
θA = ( L − 2a ) 
2 EI
(b) Deflection at C.
1L  1
x = a +  − a  = ( L + 2a )
2 2  4
yC = −tC/A = Ax
1 M0 1
=− ( L − 2a ) ( L + 2a )
2 EI 4
1 M0 2
=− ( L − 4a 2 )
8 EI
1 M0 2
yC = ( L − 4a 2 ) ↓ 
8 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.114

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION

 Symmetric beam and loading.


 Place reference tangent at C.
 θC = 0
 1
Reactions: RA = RE = P
 2
Draw V (shear) and M/EI diagrams.
1  1 PL  L 1 PL2
A1 = A2 =   =
2  8 EI  4 64 EI
(a) Slope at A.
θ A = θC − θ A/C = 0 − A1 − A2
1 PL2 PL2
=− θA = 
32 EI 32 EI
(b) Deflection at C.
 L L
yC = −t A/C = −  A1 + A2 
 6 3
 1 PL L 1 PL3 L 
3
= −  ⋅ + ⋅ 
 64 EI 6 64 EI 3 

 1 PL3 PL3
=− yC = ↓ 
128 EI 128EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.115

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading.


1
RA = RE = P
2
1 
M max =  P  (2a ) = Pa
2 
Draw M and M/EI diagrams.

1  Pa  1 Pa 2
A1 =  a =
2  2 EI  4 EI
1  Pa  1 Pa 2
A2 =   a =
2  4 EI  8 EI
1  Pa  1 Pa 2
A3 = a =
2  2 EI 
 4 EI
Place reference tangent at C.
θC = 0
(a) Slope at A.
θ A = θC − θC/A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 )
5Pa 2
5 Pa 2 θA = 
=− 8 EI
8 EI
(b) Deflection at C.
2  4  5 
| yC | = t A / C = A1  a  + A2  a  + A3  a 
3  3  3 

1 Pa 3 1 Pa3 5 Pa3 3 Pa 3 3Pa 3


= + + = yC = ↓ 
6 EI 6 EI 12 EI 4 EI 4 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.116

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading.


RA = RE = 2 P.
Draw V, M, and M/EI diagrams.

1  2 Pa  Pa 2
A1 =   a =
2  EI  EI
1  2 Pa  1 Pa 2
A2 =   a =
2  3 EI  3 EI
1  Pa  1 Pa 2
A3 = a =
2  EI  2 EI
Place reference tangent at C.
θC = 0
(a) Slope at A.

θ A = θC − θC/A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 )
11 Pa 2 11 Pa 2
=− θA = 
6 EI 6 EI
(b) Deflection at C.
| yC | = t A / C
2  4  5 
= A1  a  + A2  a  + A3  a 
3  3  3 

35 Pa3 35 Pa3
= yC = ↓ 
18 EI 18EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.117

For the beam and loading shown and knowing that


w = 8 kN/m, determine (a) the slope at end A, (b) the
deflection at midpoint C. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 128 × 106 mm 4 = 128 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(128 × 10−6 ) = 25.6 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
= 25, 600 kN ⋅ m 2
Symmetrical beam and loading.
1
RA = RB = (8)(10) = 40 kN
2
Bending moment:
1
M = 40 x − 40 − (8) x 2
2
At x = 5,
M = 200 − 40 − 100
M
Draw diagram by parts.
EI
M1 200
= = 7.8125 × 10−3 m −1
EI 25,600
M2 −40
= = −1.5625 × 10−3 m −1
EI 25,600
M3 −100
= = −3.9063 × 10−3 m −1
EI 25,600

1 2
A1 = (7.8125 × 10−3 )(5) = 19.5313 × 10−3 x1 =   (5) = 3.3333 m
2 3

1
A2 = −(1.5625)(5) = −7.8125 × 10−3 x2 =   (5) = 2.5 m
2
1 3
A3 = − (3.9063)(5) = −6.5105 × 10−3 x3 =   (5) = 3.75 m
3 4
Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.117 (Continued)

(a) Slope at A.
θ A = θC − θC /A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 )
θ A = −(19.5313 × 10−3 − 7.8125 × 10−3 − 6.5105 × 10−3 ) = −5.21 × 10−3

θ A = 5.21 × 10−3 rad 


(b) Deflection at C.
| yC | = t A/ C
= (19.5313 × 10 −3 )(3.3333) − (7.8125 × 10−3 )(2.5) − (6.5105 × 10−3 )(3.75)
= 21.2 × 10−3 m yC = 21.2 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.118

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


slope at end A, (b) the deflection at the midpoint of
the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Use units of kN and m.
For S250 × 37.8

I = 51.2 × 106 mm 4 = 51.2 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(51.2 × 10−6 )
= 10.24 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 10, 240 kN ⋅ m 2
Place reference tangent at midpoint C.
1
Reactions: RA = RE = (40)(3.6 − 1.2) = 48 kN ↑
2
Draw bending moment diagram of left half of beam by parts.
M1 = (48)(1.8) = 86.4 kN ⋅ m
1
A1 = (1.8)(86.4) = 77.76 kN ⋅ m 2
2
A2 = (1.8)(−10) = −18 kN ⋅ m 2
1
M3 = (40)(1.8 − 0.6) 2 = −28.8 kN ⋅ m
2
1
A3 = (1.2)(−28.8) = −11.52 kN ⋅ m 2
3
1
x = (1.2) = 0.30 m
4
(a) Slope at end A. θ A = −θ A / C

1 −77.76 + 18 + 11.52
θA = {− A1 − A2 − A3} =
EI 10, 240
= −4.71 × 10−3 rad

θ A = 4.71 × 10−3 rad 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.118 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at midpoint C. yC = −t A / C

1
tA / C = {1.2 A1 + 0.9 A2 + (1.8 − 0.3) A3}
EI
(1.2)(77.76) − (0.9)(18) − (1.5)(11.52)
= = 5.84 × 10−3 m
10, 240
yC = −5.84 × 10−3 m yC = 5.84 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.119

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the


slope at end A, (b) the deflection at the midpoint of
the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Use units of kN and m.


For W460 × 74,

I = 333 × 106 mm 4 = 333 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(333 × 10−6 )
= 66.6 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 66600 kN ⋅ m 2

Symmetric beam and loading. Place reference tangent at midpoint C where θC = 0.

Reactions: RA = RE = 150 kN ↑
Draw bending moment diagram of left half of beam by parts.
M 1 = (2)(150) = 300 kN ⋅ m
1
A1 =   (2)(300) = 300 kN ⋅ m 2
2
A2 = (0.5)(300) = 150 kN ⋅ m 2
M 3 = −60 kN ⋅ m
A3 = (2.5)(−60) = −150 kN ⋅ m 2

(a) Slope at end A. θ A = −θC/A


1
θA = {− A1 − A2 − A3 }
EI
−300 − 150 + 150
=
66600

= −4.50 × 10−3 rad θ A = 4.50 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at midpoint C. yC = −t A/C


1  2   0.5   2.5  
tA/C =  ⋅ 2  A1 +  2 +  A2 +   A3 
EI  3   2   2  
400 + 337.5 − 187.5
= = 8.26 × 10−3 m
66600
yC = −8.26 × 10−3 m yC = 8.26 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.120

Knowing that P = 4 kips, determine (a) the slope at end A,


(b) the deflection at midpoint C of the beam. Use
E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

E = 29 × 103 ksi I = 39.6 in 4


EI = (29 × 103 )(39.6) = 1.1484 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2

= 7975 kip ⋅ ft 2
Symmetric beam and loading:
RA = RB = P + 2.5 = 4 + 2.5 = 6.5 kips
Bending moment:
Over AB: M = − Px = −4 x
Over BC: M = −4 x + 6.5( x − 3)
= 2.5 ( x − 3) − 12

M
Draw diagram by parts.
EI
1  12.5  31.25
A1 =   (5) =
2  EI  EI
1  12  18
A2 = −   (3) = −
2  EI  EI
 12  60
A3 = −   (5) = −
 EI  EI

Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0


(a) Slope at A. θ A = θC − θC /A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 + A3 )

 31.25 18 60  46.75 46.75


θA = − − − = = θ A = 5.86 × 10−3 rad 
 EI EI EI  EI 7975

(b) Deflection at C. yC = −t B / C

= −( A1x1 + A3 x3 )

 31.25  2   60  1   45.833 45.833


= −   (5)  −   (5)   = = = 5.7471 × 10−3 ft
  EI  3   EI  2   EI 7975

yC = 0.0690 in. ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.121

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.117, determine the


value of w for which the deflection is zero at the
midpoint C of the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Symmetric beam and loading:
RA = RB = 5w ( w in kN/m)

Bending moment in kN⋅m:


1 2
M = 5wx − 40 − wx
2
At x = 5 m,
M = 25w − 40 − 12.5w
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.

1  25w  62.5w
A1 =   (5) =
2  EI  EI
(40)(5) 200
A2 = − =−
EI EI
1  12.5w  20.833w
A3 = −  (5) = −
3  EI  EI
2
x1 = (5) = 3.3333 m
3
1
x2 = (5) = 2.5 m
2
3
x3 = (5) = 3.75 m
4
Place reference tangent at C.
Deflection at C is zero. t A/C = y A − yC = 0
A1x1 + A2 x2 + A3 x3 = 0
 62.5 w   200   20.833 w 
 EI  (3.3333) −  EI  (2.5) −  EI  (3.75) = 0
     
130.21 w 500
− =0
EI EI
500
w= = 3.84 kN/m w = 3.84 kN/m 
130.21

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.122

For the beam and loading of Prob 9.120, determine the magnitude
of the forces P for which the deflection is zero at end A of the
beam. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading:


RA = RB = P + 2.5 ( P in kips)
Bending moment:
Over AB: M = − Px
Over BC: M = − Px + ( P + 2.5)( x − 3)
= 2.5( x − 3) − P(3)
At x = 8ft, M = 12.5 − P(3)

M
Draw diagram by parts.
EI
1  12.5  31.25
A1 =   (5) =
2  EI  EI
1  3P  4.5P
A2 = −   (3) = −
2  EI  EI
 3P  15P
A3 = −   (5) = −
 EI  EI

Place reference tangent at C.


y A = yB = 0 y A − yB = 0 t A / C − tB / C = 0

  2   1   2    2   1 
 A1  3 + (5)  + A3  3 + (5)  + A2  (3)   −  A1  (5)  + A3  (5)   = 0
  3   2   3    3   2 

A1(3) + A3 (3) + A2 (2) = 0

93.75 45P 9P
− − =0 P = 1.736 kips 
EI EI EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.123*

A uniform rod AE is to be supported at two points B and D. Determine the


distance a for which the slope at ends A and E is zero.

SOLUTION

Let w = weight per unit length of rod.


Symmetric beam and loading:
1
RB = RD = wL
2
Bending moment:
1
Over AB: M = − wx 2
2
1 1
Over BCD: M = − wx 2 + wL( x − a)
2 2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M1 1 wL( L2 − a) 1 wL( L − 2a)
= =
EI 2 EI 4 EI
L 2 2
M 2 1 w( 2 ) 1 wL
= =−
EI 2 EI 8 EI
2
1 M1  L  1 wL( L − 2a)
A1 = − a =
2 EI  2  16
 EI
3
1 M  L 1 wL
A2 =  2  = −
3  EI  2 48 EI
Place reference tangent at C. θC = 0
θ A = θC − θC/A = 0 − ( A1 + A2 ) = 0
1 wL( L − 2a) 2 1 wL3
− + =0
16 EI 48 EI
a wL3
Let u = and divide by .
L 48 EI
1 − 3(1 − 2u ) 2 = 0
3
1 − 2u =
3
1 3
u = 1 −  = 0.21132
2 3 
a
= 0.211 a = 0.211 L 
L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.124*

A uniform rod AE is to be supported at two points B and D. Determine the


distance a from the ends of the rod to the points of support, if the
downward deflections of points A, C, and E are to be equal.

SOLUTION

Let w = weight per unit length of rod.


Symmetric beam and loading:
1
RB = RD = wL
2
Bending moment:
1
Over AB: M = − wx 2
2
1 1
Over BCD: M = − wx 2 + wL( x − a)
2 2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M1 1 wL( L2 − a) 1 wL( L − 2a)
= =
EI 2 EI 4 EI
L 2 2
M2 1 w( 2 ) 1 wL
=− =−
EI 2 EI 8 EI
2
1 M1  L  1 wL( L − 2a)
A1 =  − a =
2 EI  2  16 EI
1  M  L  1 wL3
A2 =  2    = −
3  EI   2  48 EI
2 L  1
x1 = a +  − a  = ( L + a )
3 2  3
L 1 L 3
x2 = −   = L
2 4 2  8
Place reference tangent at C.
y A − yc = t A/C = 0
A1 x1 + A2 x2 = 0
1 wL( L − 2a ) 2 1 1 wL3 3
( L + a) − L=0
16 EI 3 48 EI 8

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.124* (Continued)

a wL4
Let u = . Divide by .
L 48 EI
3
(1 − 2u ) 2 (1 + u ) −=0
8
5
4u 3 − 3u + = 0
8
a
Solving for u, u = 0.22315 = 0.223 a = 0.223 L 
L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.125

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
point D, (b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION

PL PL 1
MB = 0 : − RA L + − =0 RA = P↑
2 4 4
PL 3L 1
MA = 0 : − +P + RB L = 0 RB = P↓
2 4 4
M
Draw V (shear) diagram and diagram.
EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A1 =    =
2  8 EI  2  32 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A2 =    =
2  8 EI  6  96 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A3 =  −   = −
2  16 EI  12  384 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL3
A4 =  −   = −
2  16 EI  4  128 EI
Place reference tangent at A.
 1 PL2   2 L   1 PL2   L 1 L 
t B /A =     +    − ⋅ 
 32 EI   3   96 EI   2 3 6 
 1 PL2   L 1 L   1 PL2   2 L 
+  −   + ⋅  +  −   ⋅ 
 384 EI   4 3 12   128 EI   3 4 
1 PL3 1 PL3 5 PL3 1 PL3 3 PL3
= + − − =
48 EI 216 EI 6912 EI 768 EI 128 EI
 1 PL2   1 L  1 PL3
t D / A =    ⋅  =
 32 EI   3 2  192 EI

xD 1 PL3 1  3 PL3  5 PL3


(a) Deflection at D. yD = t D/A − t B/A = −   yD = − 
L 192 EI 2  128 EI  768 EI

t B/A 3 PL2
(b) Slope at A. θA = − θA = − 
L 128 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.126

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
point D, (b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION

M0 M0
Reactions: RA = ↑, RB = ↓
L L
M
Draw diagram.
EI
1  1 M0  L 1 M 0L
A1 =   =
2  3 EI  3 18 EI
1  2 M 0  2L 2 M 0L
A2 = −   =−
2  3 EI  3 9 EI
Place reference tangent at A.
 L 2L   2 2L 
t B/A = A1  +  + A2  ⋅ 
9 3  3 3 
7 M 0 L2 8 M 0 L2 1 M 0 L2
= − =−
162 EI 81 EI 18 EI
L 1 M 0 L2
t D/A = A1 =
9 162 EI
(a) Deflection at D.
xD
yD = t D/A − t B/A
L
1 M 0 L2 1  1 M 0 L2  2 M 0 L2
= −  −  =
162 EI 3  18 EI  81 EI

2 M 0 L2
yD = ↑ 
81 EI
(b) Slope at end A.
t B /A 1 M 0L 1 M 0L
θA = − = θA = 
L 18 EI 18 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.127

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
point D, (b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION

1  1 w0 L2   L  1  1 w0 L
2  L
t B/A =   ( L)   +  −  ( L)  
2  6 EI   3  4  6 EI  5
7 w0 L4
=
360 EI
1  1 w0 L2   L  L  1  1 w0 L2   L  L 
t D/A =      +  −    
2  12 EI   2  6  4  48 EI   2  10 
37 w0 L4
=
11520 EI
(a) Deflection at D.
1
yD = t B/A − t D/A
2
1  7 w L4  37 w0 L4
=  0 −
2  360 EI  11520 EI
75w0 L4
=
11520 EI
5w0 L4
yD = ↓ 
768 EI
(b) Slope at A.
t B/A 7 w L3 7 w0 L3
θA = − =− 0 θA = 
L 360 EI 360 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.128

For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
point D, (b) the slope at end A.

SOLUTION

wL  L 
ΣM A = 0: RB L −  =0
2 4
1
RB = wL ↑
8
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M1 RB L wL2
= =
EI EI 8 EI
3
M2 wL
=−
EI 8 EI
2
 1  L  wL wL3
A1 =    =
 2  2  16 EI 64 EI
2
 1  L  wL wL3
A2 =    =−
 3  2  8 EI 48EI
2
 1  L  wL wL3
A3 =    =
 2  2  16 EI 64 EI
2
 1  L  wL wL3
A4 =    =
 2  2  8EI 32 EI
(a) Deflection at D.
Place reference tangent at B.
L
yD = t D / B − tA/ B
2
1 L wL4
t D/A =  ⋅  A1 =
3 2 384 EI
L 1 L 7 wL4
t B/A = ( A1 + A3 + A4 ) +  ⋅  A4 =
3 4 2 384 EI
wL4 1 7 wL4 5wL4
yD = − ⋅ =−
384 EI 2 384 EI 768 EI
5wL4
yD = ↓ 
768 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.128 (Continued)

(b) Slope at A. Place reference tangent at A.


1
θ A = − t B/A
L
 1   2 L   1 L 
= −     ( A1 + A3 + A4 ) +  L − ⋅  A2 
 L   3   4 2 
3wL3 3wL3
=− θA = 
128EI 128EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.129

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
end A, (b) the deflection at point D. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 70.8 × 106 mm 4 = 70.8 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(70.8 × 10−6 ) = 19.16 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
= 14,160 kN ⋅ m 2
ΣM B = 0: − 6RA + (4.5)(40) + (3)(20) = 0
RA = 40 kN
M
Draw shear and diagrams.
EI
1  60  45
A1 =   (1.5) =
2  EI  EI
 60  90
A2 =   (1.5) =
 EI  EI
1  60  90
A3 =   (3) =
2  EI  EI
Place reference tangent at A.
t B/A = A1(4.5 + 0.5) + A2 (3 + 0.75) + A3 (2.0)
742.5
= m
EI
t D/A = A1(1.5 + 0.5) + A2 (0.75)
157.5
m =
EI
t 742.5 123.75 123.75
(a) Slope at A. θ A = − B /A = − =− =−
L 6EI EI 14,160
= −8.74 × 10−3 θ A = 8.74 × 10−3 rad 
(b) Deflection at D.
xD 157.5  3  742.5  213.75
yD = t D/A − t B/A = −   =−
L EI  6  EI  EI
213.75
=− = −15.10 × 10−3 m
14,160

yD = 15.10 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.130

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at point D. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.

I = 13.4 × 106 mm 4
For W150 × 24,
= 13.4 × 10−6 m 4

EI = (200 × 109 )(13.4 × 10−6 ) = 2.68 × 106 N ⋅ m 2


= 2680 kN ⋅ m 2

ΣM B = 0: − 2.4 RA + (0.8)(30) + (1.2)(2.4)(20) = 0


RA = 34 kN ↑

Draw bending moment diagram by parts.


M1 = (1.6)(34) = 54.4 kN ⋅ m
M 2 = (2.4)(34) = 81.6 kN ⋅ m
1
M 3 = − (20)(1.6)2 = −25.6 kN ⋅ m
2
1
M 4 = − (20)(2.4) 2 = −57.6 kN ⋅ m
2
M 5 = −(0.8)(30) = −24 kN ⋅ m
1
A1 = (1.6)(54.4) = 43.52 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A1 + A2 = (2.4)(81.6) = 97.92 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A3 = (1.6)(−25.6) = −13.6533 kN ⋅ m 2
3
1
A3 + A4 = (2.4)(−57.6) = −46.08 kN ⋅ m 2
3
1
A5 = (0.8)(−24) = −9.6 kN ⋅ m 2
2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.130 (Continued)

(a) Slope at A. Place reference tangent at A.


1
θ A = − t B/A
L
1  1 1 1 
t B/A = ( A1 + A2 )   (2.4) + ( A3 + A4 )   (2.4) + A5   (0.8) 
EI   3 4 3 
48.128
= = 17.9582 × 10−3 m
2680
17.9582 × 10−3
θA = − = −7.48258 × 10−3
2.4

θ A = 7.48 × 10−3 rad. 


(b) Deflection at point D.
yD = t D/A + θ A xD
 1
1 1 
t D/A =  A1   (1.6) + A2   (1.6) 
 3
EI 4 
17.7493
= = 6.62289 × 10−3 m
2680
yD = 6.62289 × 10−3 + (−7.48258 × 10−3 )(1.6)
= −5.3492 × 10−3 m
yD = 5.35 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.131

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A,
(b) the deflection at point E. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.

For W12 × 26, I = 204 in 4

EI = (29 × 106 )(204) = 5.916 × 109 lb ⋅ in 2


= 41083 kip ⋅ ft 2

ΣM B = 0: − 10 RA + (6)(4)(5) + (2)(4)(8) = 0 RA = 18.4 kips ↑


Consider loading as 5 kips/ft from D to B plus 3 kips/ft from E to B. Draw bending moment diagram by parts.
M1 = 10 RA = 184 kip ⋅ ft
M 2 = 6 RA = 110.4 kip ⋅ ft
1
M 3 = − (5)(8) 2 = −160 kip ⋅ ft
2
1
M 4 = − (5)(4) 2 = −40 kip ⋅ ft
2
1
M 5 = − (3)(4) 2 = −24 kip ⋅ ft
2
1
A1 + A2 = (10)(184) = 920 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A1 = (6)(110.4) = 331.2 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A3 + A4 = (8)(−160) = −426.667 kip ⋅ ft 2
3
1
A3 = (4)( −40) = −53.333 kip ⋅ ft 2
3
1
A5 = (4)( −24) = −32 kip ⋅ ft 2
3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.131 (Continued)

(a) Slope at A. yB = y A + θ A L + t B/A y A = yB = 0

θ A = −t B/A /L
1 1 1 1 
t B/A = ( A1 + A2 )   (10) + ( A3 + A4 )   (8) + ( A5 )   (4) 
EI  3 4 4 
2181.33
= = 53.096 × 10−3 ft
41083
53.096 × 10−3
θA = − = −5.3096 × 10−3
10

θ A = 5.31 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at E. yE = xEθ A + t E/A

1  1  1   609.067
t E/A = ( A1 )   (6) + ( A3 )   (4)  = = 14.8253 × 10−3 ft
EI   3  4   41083
yE = (6)(−5.3096 × 10−3 ) + 14.8253 × 10−3 = −17.0323 × 10−3 ft

yE = 0.204 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.132

For the timber beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
point A, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E = 1.7 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

1
I= (2)(6)3 = 36 in 4
12
EI = (1.7 × 103 ksi)(36 in 4 ) = 61.2 × 103 kip ⋅ in 2
1
A1 = (6.4)(8) = 25.6 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A2 = ( −4.8)(6) = −14.4 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A3 = (−1.6)(4) = −2.1333 kip ⋅ ft 2
3
8 
EIt D/A = A1  ft  + A2 (2ft) + A3 (1 ft)
3 
8
= (25.6)   + (−14.4)(2) + ( −2.1333)(1)
 3
= 37.333 kip ⋅ ft 3 = 64512 kip ⋅ in 3
64512
t D/A = = 1.05412 in.
61.2 × 103

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.132 (Continued)

1
A4 = (3.2)(4) = 6.4 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A5 = (−1.6)(2) = −1.6 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
4  2  4 2
EItC/A = A4  ft  + A5  ft  = (6.4)   + (−1.6)  
3  3  3 3
= 7.4667 kip ⋅ ft 3 = 12902.4 kip ⋅ in 3
12902.4
tC/A = = 0.21082 in.
61.2 × 103
t D/A 1.05412
(a) θA = − =− = −0.0109804 rad θ A = 10.98 × 10−3 rad 
L 96
1 1
(b) yC = tC /A − t D /A = 0.21082 in. − (1.05412 in.) yC = 0.316 in. ↓ 
2 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.133

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A,
(b) the deflection at point D.

SOLUTION

L L
 MC = 0 : − RA L + P −P =0 RA = 0
2 2
M
Draw diagram.
EI

1  PL  L  1 PL2
A1 = −    = −
2  2 EI  2  8 EI
1  PL  L  1 PL2
A2 = −    = −
2  2EI  2  8 EI
Place reference tangent at A.

1 L 1 PL3
tC / A = A1 ⋅  ⋅  = −
3 2 48 EI
(a) Slope at A.

tC/A 1 PL2
θA = − θA = 
L 48 EI


(b) Deflection at D.

L L 2 L 1 PL3
t D / A = A1  +  + A2  ⋅  = −
2 6 3 2 8 EI
xD 1 PL3  3   1 PL3  3 PL3
yD = t D / A − tC / A = − −    −  yD = − 
L 8 EI  2   48 EI  32 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.134

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A,
(b) the deflection at point A.

SOLUTION

M 0a
A1 = −
EI
M0L
A2 = −
2 EI
 2L 
tC/B = A2  
 3 
 M L  2 L 
=  − 0  
 2 EI   3 
M 0 L2
=−
3EI
(a) Slope at A.
tC/B M 0 L
θB = =
L 3EI
θ B = θ A + θ B/A = θ A + A1
M0L M a M0
= θA − 0 θA = ( L + 3a) 
3EI EI 3EI
(b) Deflection at A.

a M a2
t A/B = A1   = − 0
2 2 EI
a
y A = tC/B + t A/B
L
a  M L2  M a 2 M 0a
= − 0  − 0 yA = (2 L + 3a ) ↓ 
L  3EI  2 EI 6 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.135

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point C,
(b) the deflection at point D. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

 Free Body AD: ΣM C = 0: (16)(6) − (32)(2) − 12 RA = 0


 RA = 2.6667 kips ↑

ΣFy = 0: 2.6667 − 16 + RB − 32 = 0
RB = 45.333 kips ↑

For W12 × 30, I = 238 in 4


EI = (29 × 103 ksi)(238 in 4 )
= 6.902 × 106 kip ⋅ in 2 = 47931 kip ⋅ ft 2
(a) Slope at C.
1
A1 = (32)(12) = 192 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A2 = (−96)(6) = −288 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
EIt A/C = A1 (8 ft) + A2 (10 ft)
= (192)(8) + ( − 288)(10) = −1344 kip ⋅ ft 3

1344
 t A/C = − = −28.040 × 10−3 ft = −0.33648 in.
47931
t A/C 28.040 × 10−3 ft
θC = =−
L 12 ft
θC = 2.34 × 10−3 rad 
(b) Deflection at D.
1
EIt D/C = A1 (3 ft) = (−64)(4)(3) = −256 kip ⋅ ft 3
3
256
t D/C = − = −5.3410 × 10−3 ft = −0.064092 in.
47931
4 1
yD = tD/C + t A/C = −0.064092 + (−0.33648)
12 3
= −0.176252 in.
yD = 0.1763 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.136

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point B,
(b) the deflection at point D. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.


I = 462 × 106 mm 4 = 462 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(462 × 10−6 )
= 92.4 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 92400 kN ⋅ m 2
ΣM B = 0: − 4.8 RA + (40)(4.8)(2.4) − (160)(1.8) = 0
RA = 36 kN
Draw bending moment diagram by parts.
1
A1 = (4.8)(172.8) = 414.72 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A2 = (4.8)( −460.8) = −737.28 kN ⋅ m 2
3
1
A3 = (1.8)(−288) = −259.2 kN ⋅ m 2
2
Place reference tangent at B.
(a) Slope at B.
y A = yB − Lθ B + t A/B

t B/A 1  2 3 


θB = =  A1   (4.8) + A2   (4.8) 
L EIL   3  4 
−1327.104
= = −2.9922 × 10−3 θ B = 2.99 × 10−3 rad 
(92400)(4.8)
(b) Deflection at D.
yD = yB + aθ B + t D/B
1  2 
= 0 + (1.8)(−2.9922 × 10−3 ) − A3   (1.8) 
EI  3 
311.04
= −5.3860 × 10−3 −
92400
= −8.75 × 10−3 m yD = 8.75 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.137

Knowing that the beam AB is made of a solid steel rod of diameter


d = 0.75 in., determine for the loading shown (a) the slope at
point D, (b) the deflection at point A. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in lb; lengths in inches.


1 1
c= = (0.75) = 0.375 in.
2 2
π π
I= c 4 = (0.375) 4 = 0.0155316 in 4
4 4
EI = (29 × 106 )(0.0155316) = 450.4 × 103 lb ⋅ in 2
M
Draw EI
diagram by parts by considering the bending moment diagram due to each of the applied loads.

M1 (150)(4)
= = 1.33215 × 10−3 in −1
EI 450.4 × 103
M2 (300)(6)
=− 3
= −3.99645 × 10−3 in −1
EI 450.4 × 10
1
A1 = (24)(1.33215 × 10−3 ) = 15.9858 × 10−3
2
1
A2 = (24)(−3.99645 × 10−3 ) = −47.9574 × 10−3
2
1
A3 = (4)(1.33215 × 10−3 ) = 2.6643 × 10−3
2
Place reference tangent at D.
(a) Slope at point D.
yE = yD + Lθ D + t E/D θ D = −t E/D /L
t E/A = 16 A1 + 8 A2 = −127.8864 × 10−3 in.

−127.8864 × 103
θD = = 5.3286 × 10−3 θ D = 5.33 × 10−3 rad 
24
(b) Deflection at A.
y A = yD − aθ D + t A/D = t A/D − aθ D
2
y A = A3   (4) − (4)(5.3286 × 10−3 ) = −14.21 × 10−3 in.
3
y A = 0.01421 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.138

Knowing that the beam AD is made of a solid steel bar,


determine the (a) slope at point B, (b) the deflection at
point A. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION
1
E = 200 × 109 Pa I= (30)(30)3 = 67.5 × 103 mm 4 = 67.5 × 10−9 m 4
12

EI = (200 × 109 )(67.5 × 10−9 ) = 13500 N ⋅ m 2 = 13.5 kN ⋅ m 2

ΣM B = 0: − (0.2)(1.2) − (3)(0.25)(0.125) + 5RD = 0 RD = 0.6675 kN

M
Draw diagram by parts.
EI
M1 = (0.6675)(0.5) = 0.33375 kN ⋅ m
M 2 = (1.2)(0.2) = 0.240 kN ⋅ m
1
M 3 = − (3)(0.25)2 = −0.09375 kN ⋅ m
2
1
A1 = (0.33375)(0.5)/EI = 0.0834375/EI
2
1
A2 = (0.240)(0.2)/EI = 0.024/EI
2
1
A3 = (−0.09375)(0.25)/EI = −0.0078125/EI
3
Place reference tangent at B.
2  3 
t D/B = A1  ⋅ 0.5  + A3  ⋅ (0.25) + 0.25  = 0.024395/EI
 3   4 
t D/B 0.024395 0.048789
(a) Slope at B. θB = − =− =−
L 0.5EI EI

= −3.6140 × 10−3 θ B = 3.61 × 10−3 rad 

2 
t A/B = A2  (0.20)  = 0.0032/EI = 0.23704 × 10−3 m
3 
(b) Deflection at A. y A = t A/B − LABθ B
= 0.23704 × 10−3 − (0.2)(−3.6140 × 10−3 ) = 0.960 × 10−3 m

y A = 0.960 mm ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.139

For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection (a) at point D,
(b) at point E.

SOLUTION

1  PL  L  PL2
A1 =    =
2  6 EI  3  36 EI
2
 PL  L  PL
A2 =    =
 6 EI  3  18EI
1  PL  L  PL2
A3 = =
2  3EI 
 3  18EI

 L   PL  L 
2
PL3
t D/A = A1   =     =
 9   36 EI   9  324 EI

L L L
t E/A = A1  +  + A2  
9 3 6
 PL   4 L   PL2
3  L 
    +    
 36 EI   9   18EI  6 
7 PL3
=
324 EI
 7L  L  2L 
t B/A = A1   + A2   + A3  
 9  2  9 
 PL3   7 L   PL2   L   PL2   2L 
=     +     +    
 36 EI   9   18 EI   2   18 EI  9 
5 PL3
=
81EI
(a) Deflection at D.

1 1  5 PL3  PL3 17 PL3 17 PL3


 yD = t B/A − t D/A =   − =  yD = ↓ 
3 3  81EI  324 EI 972 EI 972 EI

(b) Deflection at E.

2 2  5 PL3  7 PL3 19 PL3 19 PL3


yE = t B/A − t E/A =   − = yE = ↓ 
3 3  81EI  324 EI 972 EI 972 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.140

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, (b) the
slope at end B, (c) the deflection at the midpoint C.

SOLUTION

1
Reactions: RA = RB = wL
2
Draw bending moment and M/EI diagrams by parts as shown.
1 L wL2 wL3
A1 = ⋅ ⋅ =
2 2 4 EI 16 EI
1 L wL2 wL3
A2 = − ⋅ ⋅ =−
3 2 8 EI 48EI
1 L wL2 wL3
A3 = ⋅ ⋅ =−
2 2 8 EI 32 EI
2
1 L wL wL3
A4 = − ⋅ ⋅ =−
3 2 16 EI 96 EI
Place reference tangent at A.
(a) Slope at end A.
yB = y A + Lθ A + t B/A
θ A = −tB/A /L

L L L L L 3L
t B/A =  +  A1 +  +  A2 + A3 + A4
2 6 2 8 3 8
wL4  1 5 1 1  9 wL4
= − + − =
EI  24 384 96 256  256 EI

9wL4 1 9 wL3 9wL3


θA = − ⋅ =− θA = 
256 EI L 256 EI 256 EI
(b) Slope at end B.
9wL3
θ B = θ A + θ B/A = − + A 1 + A2 + A3 + A4
256 EI

7 wL3 7 wL3
θB = θB = 
256 EI 256 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.140 (Continued)

(c) Deflection at midpoint C.


L
y A = yC + θ A + tC/A
2
L L wL4
tC/A =   A1+   A2 =
6 8 128EI

 L   9wL 
3
wL4 5wL4 5wL4
yC = 0 +    −  + =− yC = ↓ 
 2   256 EI  128EI 512 EI 512 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.141

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.125, determine the magnitude and
location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION

PL PL 1
ΣM B = 0: −RA L + − =0 RA = P↑
2 4 4

PL 3L 1
ΣM A = 0: − +P + RB L = 0 RB = P↓
2 4 4

Draw V (shear) diagram and M/EI diagram.

1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A1 = =
2  8 EI 
 2  32 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A2 = =
2  8 EI 
 6  96 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL2
A3 =  −   = −
2  16 EI  12  384 EI
1  1 PL  L  1 PL3
A4 = − = −
2  16 EI  
 4  128 EI

Place reference tangent at A.

 1 PL2   2 L   1 PL2   L 1 L 
t B/A =     +    − 
 32 EI   3   96 EI   2 3 6 
 1 PL2   L 1 L   1 PL2  2 L 
+  −   +  +  −   ⋅ 
 384 EI   4 3 12   128 EI  3 4 
 1 1 5 1  PL3 3 PL3
= + − −  =
 48 216 6912 768  EI 128 EI
t B/A 3 PL2
θA = − =−
L 128 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.141 (Continued)

Let point K be the location of |ym |.

θ K = θ A + θ K/ A
3 PL2
=− + AK
128 EI
3 PL2 1  1 PxK 
=− + xK
128 EI 2  4 EI 
P  3 2 1 2
= − L + xK  = 0
EI  128 8 

3 1
xK = L= 3L xK = 0.433 L 
16 4

 1  1  1 PxK  xK
2
1 PxK3 3 PL3
t K/A = AK  xK  =   = =
 3  2  4 EI  3 24 EI 512 EI

xK 3 PL3  1  3 PL
3
3 PL3
yK = t K/A − t B/A = − 3 =−
L 512 EI  4  128 EI 256 EI

PL3
yK = 0.00677 ↓ 
EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.142

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.127, determine the magnitude and location
of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION

7 w0 L3
From Prob. 9.127: θA = −
360 EI

1  w0 L  w0 Lxm2
A1 = x ( x ) =
2  6 EI
m m
 12 EI
1  w0 xm3  w0 xm4
A2 =  −  ( xm ) = −
4  6 EIL  24 EIL

Maximum deflection occurs at K, where θ K = 0.

θ K = θ A + θ K/A = θ A + A1 + A2
7 w0 L3 w0 Lxm2 w x4
0=− + − 0 m
360 EI 12 EI 24 EIL

w0 L2   xm  
2 4
 xm 
Rearranging: 0=  −7 + 30   − 15  L  
360 EI   L    

2
 xm 
Solving biquadratic:  L  = 0.26970 xm = 0.51933L
 
 ym is 0.519L from A. 

2 xm 4x  w Lx 2  2 x  w x4  4x
t A/K = A1 + A2 m =  0 m  m +  − 0 m  m
3 5  12 EI  3  24 EIL  5
   
 
w0 L4   xm   xm   w0 L 
3 5 4
3 5
= 5 − 3  = 5(0.51933) − 3(0.51933) 
90 EI   L   L   90 EI 

w0 L4
 = 0.0065222 ym = |t A/K | 
EI
w0 L4
 ym = 6.52 × 10−3 
EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.143

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.129, determine the


magnitude and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION

Referring to the solution to Prob. 9.129,

EI = 14,160 kN ⋅ m 2
45
RA = 40 kN, A1 =
EI
742.5
t B/A = m
EI
123.75
θA = −
EI
Let K be the location of the maximum deflection. Assume
that K lies between C and D.
θ K = θ A + θ K/ A
123.75
=− + A1 + A4
EI
123.75 45 60u
=− + + =0
EI EI EI
123.75 − 45
u = = 1.3125 m
60
xK = 1.5 + u = 2.8125 m

1 
t K/A = A1(u + 0.5) + A4  u 
2 
45 (60)(1.3125) ( 12 ) (1.3125) 133.242
= (1.8125) + =
EI EI EI
xK
yK = t K/A − t B/A
L
133.242 2.8125  742.5  214.80 214.80
= −  =− =−
EI 6  EI  EI 14,160
= −15.17 × 10−3 m

yK = 15.17 mm ↓ 

 xK = 2.81 m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.144

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.131, determine the magnitude
and location of the largest downward deflection.

SOLUTION
From the solution to Prob. 9.130,

EI = 41083 kip ⋅ ft 2
RA = 18.4 kips
A1 = 331.2 kip ⋅ ft 2
A3 = −53.333 kip ⋅ ft 3
θ A = −5.3096 × 10−3
Slope at E. θ E = θ A + θ E/A
1 278.767
θ E/A = { A1 + A3 } = = 6.7855 × 10−3
EI 41083
θ E = 1.4759 × 10−3
Since θ E > 0, the point K of zero slope lies to the left of point E. Let xK be the coordinate of point K.

1
A6 = RA xK2 = 9.2 xK2
2
1
A7 = − (5)( xK − 2)3
6
1
θ K = θ A + θ K/ A = θ A + { A6 + A7 } = 0
EI
A6 + A7 + EIθ A = 0

5
f ( xK ) = 9.2 xK2 − ( xK − 2)3 − 218.134 = 0
6
df
= 18.4 xK − 2.5( xK − 2) 2
dxK

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.144 (Continued)

Solve for xK by iteration.

f
x K = ( xK ) 0 −
df/dxK

xK 5 5.1473 5.1525 xK = 5.1525 ft


f −10.634 −0.362 0.001
df/dxK 72.2 70.131

A6 = 244.244 kip ⋅ ft 2 , A7 = −26.108 kip ⋅ ft 2

Maximum deflection. y A = yK + t A/K = 0 yK = −t A/K

2 3 3x + 2
x6 = xK x7 = 2 + ( xK − 2) = K
3 4 4
1 725.033
y7 = − { A6 x6 + A7 x7 } = − = −17.648 × 10−3 ft
EI 41083
yK = 0.212 in. ↓ 

 xK = 5.15 ft 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.145

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.136, determine the largest
upward deflection in span AB.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.


I = 462 × 106 mm 4 = 462 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(462 × 10−6 )
= 92.4 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 92400 kN ⋅ m
M B = 0: − 4.8RA + (40)(4.8)(2.4) − (160)(1.8) = 0
RA = 36 kN

1
A1 = x(36 x) = 18 x 2
2
1 20
 A2 = x( −20 x 2 ) = − x3 
3 3
Place reference tangent at A.
yB = y A + Lθ A + t B/A = 0
t B/A
θA = −
L
( A1 ) B = (18)(4.8) 2 = 414.72 kN ⋅ m 2
 20 
( A2 ) B =   (4.8)3 = −737.28 kN ⋅ m 2
 3 

1  1 1 
θA = − ( A1 ) B   (4.8) + ( A2 ) B   (4.8) 
EIL  3 4 
 
−221.184
=− = 0.49870 × 10−3
(92400)(4.8)

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.145 (Continued)

Locate Point K of maximum deflection.


θ K = θ A + θ K/A = 0
EIθ A + A1 + A2 = 0
20 3 df
f = 46.08 + 18 xK2 − xK = 0 = 36 xK − 20 xK2
3 dx
Solve by iteration.
f
x K = ( xK ) 0 −
df /dx

xK  3 3.39 3.327 3.3251 3.32514 ←


df /dx −72 −107.8 −101.6 −101.42
f 28.08 −6.78 −0.188 0.005

Place reference tangent at K.


y A = yK + t A/K
y A − yK = −t A/K
1  2   3  1
=− ( A1 )  xK  + A2  xK   = −
EI  3   4  EI
{
12 xK3 + 5 xK4 }
170.064
=− = −1.841 × 10−3 m
92400
 yK = 1.841 mm 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.146

For the beam and loading of Prob. 9.137, determine the largest
upward deflection in span DE.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in lbs; lengths in inches.


From the solution to Prob. 9.137,
EI = 450.4 × 103 lb ⋅ in
M1
= 1.33215 × 10−3 in −1
EI
M2
= −3.99645 × 10−3 in −1
EI
θ D = 5.3286 × 10−3
Location of maximum deflection.
M 3 M1  u 
=  1− 
EI EI  24 
M4 M2 u
=
EI EI 24
1 M1
A5 = ⋅ u = 0.666075 × 10−3 u
2 EI
1 M3  u   u 
A6 = = 0.666075 × 10−3 1 −  u
2 EI  24   24 
1 M4 u  u 
A7 = = −1.998225 × 10−3   u
2 EI 24  24 
θ K = θ D + A5 + A6 + A7 = 0
 u  u
Multiply by 103 . 5.3286 + 0.666075 u + 0.666075 1 −  u − (1.998225) u = 0
 24  24
5.3286 + 1.33215 u − 0.1110125 u 2 = 0
u = 15.16515 in.
A5 = 10.10113 × 10−3 , A6 = 3.71842 × 10−3 , A7 = −19.14814 × 10−3
Maximum deflection in portion DE. yD = yK + t D/K = 0
 u  2u   2u  
yK = −t D/K = −  A5   + A6   + A7   
 3  3   3 
= − {−0.1049} yK = 0.1049 in. 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.147

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

SOLUTION

Remove support B and treat RB as redundant.


Replace loading by equivalent shown at left.
Draw M/EI diagram for load w0 and RB .
Use parts as shown.

1  RB L  1 RB L2
A1 = ( L ) =
2  EI  2 EI
1
M2 = − w0 L2
2
1  1 w0 L2  1 w0 L3
A2 = −  L=−
3  2 EI  6 EI
1 w0 3 1
M3 = L = w0 L2
6 L 6
1  1 w0 L 
2
1 w0 L3
A3 =   L=
4  6 EI  24 EI

Place reference tangent at A.


2  3  4 
t B/A = A1  L  + A 2 L  + A 3 L 
3  4  5 
1 RB L3 1 w0 L4 1 w0 L4
= − + =0
3 EI 8 EI 30 EI
11
RB = w0 L ↑ RB = 0.275w0 L ↑ 
40

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.148

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

SOLUTION

Remove support A and treat RA as redundant.


Draw the M/EI diagram by parts.

1 RA L RA L2
A1 = L =
2 EI 2 EI
1 L PL PL2
A2 = − =−
22 2 8EI
Place reference tangent at B.
y A = yB − θ B L + t A/B = 0
t A/B = 0

 2L  L L
A 1
3  + A2  2 + 3  = 0
   

RA L3 5PL3 5
− =0 RA = P ↑ 
3EI 48EI 16

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.149

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

SOLUTION

Remove support A and treat RA as redundant.

Draw M/EI diagram for loads RA and w.


2
1 L 1
M 2 = − w   = − wL2
2 2 8
1  RA L  1 RA L2
A1 = L =
2  EI  2 EI
1  1 wL2   L  1 wL3
A2 =  −    = −
3  8 EI   2  48 EI

Place reference tangent at B.


2  L 3 L
t A/B = A 1 L  + A2  + 
3  2 4 2
1 RA L3 7 wL4
= − =0
3 EI 384 EI
7 7
RA = wL RA = wL ↑ 
128 128

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.150

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the roller
support.

SOLUTION

Remove support B and treat RB as redundant.


Draw M/EI diagram.
1 RA L RA L2
A1 = L =
2 EI 2 EI
L M L M L2
A2 = ⋅ 0 = 0
2 EI 2 EI
Place reference tangent at A.
yB = y A + Lθ A + t B/A = 0
t B/A = 0

 2L  L L
A1   + A2  +  = 0
 3  2 4
RA L3 3M 0 L2 9 M0
− =0 RA = ↑ 
3EI 8 EI 8 L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.151

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at each
support.

SOLUTION

Remove support C and add reaction RC .

Draw M/EI due to each of the loads P and RC .

1 2 3PL PL2
A1 =⋅L⋅ ⋅ =
2 3 8 EI 8EI
1 3L 3PL 9 PL2
A1 + A2 = ⋅ ⋅ =
2 2 8EI 32 EI
1 L 3PL 3PL2
A3 = ⋅ ⋅ =
2 2 8EI 32 EI
1  R L R L2
A4 = ⋅ L  − C  = − C
2  2 EI  4 EI

1  R L R L2
A4 + A5 = (2 L)  − C  = − C
2  2 EI  2 EI

Place reference tangent at A. yA = 0

tC/A
yC = Lθ A + tC/A = 0 θA = −
L
yB = 2 Lθ A + t B/A = 0 − 2tC/A + t B/A = 0

 L L   L 2 3L  2 L 
−2  A 1 + A4 ⋅  + ( A1 + A2 )  + ⋅  + A3 ⋅ ⋅ + ( A4 + A5 ) ⋅ L  = 0
 3 3  2 3 2  3 2 
 PL3 R L3   9 PL3 PL3 R L3 
−2  − C + + − C =0
 24 EI 12 EI   32 EI 32 EI 2 EI 

RC L3 11PL3 11
− + =0 RC = P↑ 
3EI 48EI 16

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.151 (Continued)

L
ΣM B = 0: −2 LRA − LRC + P=0
2
P 1 3 3
RA = − RC = − P RA = P↓ 
4 2 32 32
3L
ΣM A = 0: 2 LRB + LRC − P=0
2
3P 1 13
RB = − RC = P
4 2 32
13
RB = P ↑ 
32

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.152

For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at each
support.

SOLUTION

Choose RB ↓ as the redundant reaction.


Draw M/EI diagram for the loads RB and M 0 .
2
1 R L R L
A1 = ( L)  B  = B
2  3EI  6 EI
1  L   RB L  RB L2
A2 =   =
2  2  3EI  12 EI
1  M
 M0L
A3 = ( L)  − 0
 = − 2 EI
2  EI

1  1  M  M L
A4 = ( L)   − 0  = − 0
2 3
  EI  6 EI
1  3L   M 0  3M 0 L
A3 + A 4 + A5 = −  = − 4 EI
2  2 
 EI 
yB = y A + Lθ A + t B/A θ A = −tB/A /L
3L 3
yC = y A + θ A + tC/A = 0 − t B/A + tC/A = 0
2 2
3 2
L  2L   L  RB L 7 M 0 L
t B/A = ( A1)   + A 3  + A4  = −
3  3   3  18EI 18 EI
L L L R L3 3M 0 L2
tC/A = ( A1)  +  + A 2   + ( A3 + A4 + A5 )( L) = B −
2 3 3 6 EI 4 EI

3 R L3 M L2 2M 0
− t B/A + tC/A = B − 0 = 0 RB = ↓ 
2 12 EI 6 EI L
L 3L
ΣM C = 0: M 0 + RB − RA = 0
2 2
2 4M 0
RA = [M 0 + M 0 ] RA = ↑ 
3L 3L
4 M 0 2M 0
ΣFy = 0: RA + RB + RC = 0 − + RC = 0
3 L L
2M 0
RC = ↑ 
3L

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.153

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.
Let RA be the redundant reaction.

Remove support at A and add reaction RA ↑ .


Draw bending moment diagram by parts.
M1 = 3.6 RA kN ⋅ m
M 2 = −(75)(0.3 + 2.4) = −202.5 kN ⋅ m
1
M 3 = − (40)(2.4) 2 = −115.2 kN ⋅ m
2
1
A1 = (3.6)(3.6 RA ) = 6.48 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A2 = (2.7)(−202.5) = −273.375 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A3 = (2.4)( −115.2) = −92.16 kN ⋅ m 2
3
Place reference tangent at B, where
θ B = 0 and yB = 0.
Then
y A = t A/B = 0
1  2   2   3  
t A/B =  ⋅ 3.6  A1 +  0.9 + ⋅ 2.7  A2 +  0.9 + 0.3 + ⋅ 2.4  A3 
EI  3   3   4  
1
= {15.552 RA − 1014.5925} = 0
EI
RA = 65.24 kN ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.153 (Continued)

Draw shear diagram.

A to D : V = RA = 65.24 kN
D to E : V = 65.24 − 75 = −9.76 kN
E to B : V = −9.76 − 40( x − 1.2) kN
At B, VB = −105.76 kN

Bending moment diagram. MA = 0

M D = M A + 58.72 = 58.72 kN ⋅ m
M E = 58.72 − 2.93 = 55.79 kN ⋅ m
M B = 55.79 − 138.62 = −82.83 kN ⋅ m

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.154

Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in feet.
Let RB be the redundant reaction.

Remove support B and add load RB .


Draw bending moment diagram by parts.
M1 = 12 RB kip ⋅ ft
M 2 = −(4.5 + 3)(10) = −75 kip ⋅ ft
M 3 = −(4.5)(30) = −135 kip ⋅ ft
1
A1 = (12)(12 RB ) = 72 RB kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A2 = (7.5)(−75) = −281.25 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
1
A3 = (4.5)(−135) = −303.75 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
yB = y A + 12θ A + t B/A = 0
t B/A = 0

 1
t B/A = {(72RB )(8) + (−281.25)(4.5 + 5) + (−303.75)(7.5 + 3)} = 0
 EI
576 RB − 5861.25 = 0 RB = 10.18 kips ↑ 
Draw shear diagram working from right to left.
B to E : V = − RB = −10.176 kips
E to D : V = −10.184 + 10 = −0.176 kips
D to A: V = −0.176 + 30 = 29.824 kips
 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.154 (Continued)

Areas of shear diagram. AAD = (4.5)(29.824) = 134.21 kip ⋅ ft


ADE = (3)(−0.176) = −0.53 kip ⋅ ft
AEB = (4.5)( −10.176) = 45.79 kip ⋅ ft

Bending moments. M A = M 1 + M 2 + M 3 = −87.89 kip ⋅ ft 

M D = M A + AAD = 46.32 kip ⋅ ft 

M E = M D + ADE = 45.79 kip ⋅ ft 

M B = M E + AEB = 0 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.155

For the beam and loading shown, determine the spring constant k for which
the force in the spring is equal to one-third of the total load on the beam.

SOLUTION

Symmetric beam and loading: RC = RA

1 2
Spring force: F = (2wL) = wL
3 3

ΣFy = 0: RA + F − 2wL + RC = 0

2
RA = RC = wL
3
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.

1  2 wL2  1 wL3
A1 =   L =
2  3 EI  3 EI
1  1 wL2  1 wL3
A2 = −   L = −
3  2 EI  6 EI

Place reference tangent at B. θB = 0


yB = −t A/B
 2 3 
= −  A1 ⋅ L + A2 ⋅ L 
 3 4 
7 wL4
=−
72 EI
F = − kyB
2
F 3
wL 48 EI
k=− = k= 
yB 7 wL4
72 EI
7 L3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.156

For the beam and loading shown, determine the spring constant k for which
the bending moment at B is M B = − wL2 /10.

SOLUTION
Using free body AB,
L 1
M B = 0: −RA L + ( wL)   − wL2 = 0
 2  10
2
RA = wL ↑
5
Symmetric beam and loading: RC = RA

2 2
Using free body ABC, ΣFy = 0: wL + F + wL − 2wL = 0
5 5
6
F= wL
5
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.

1  2 wL2  1 wL3
A1 =   L =
2  5 EI  5 EI
1  1 wL2  1 wL3
A2 = −   L = −
3  2 EI  6 EI

Place reference tangent at B. θB = 0


yB = −t A/B
 2 3 
= −  A1 ⋅ L + A2 ⋅ L 
 3 4 
1 wL4
=−
120 EI
F = −kyB
6
F 5
wL EI
k=− = k = 144 
yB 1 wL4
120 EI
L3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.157

For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the
slope at the free end.

SOLUTION

2w0
w( x) = x − w0
L
 2w  w
  L 
V ( x) = − w( x)dx = −  0 x − w0  dx = − 0 x 2 + w0 x + C1
 L

[ x = 0, V = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + C1 ∴ C1 = 0

 w  w w
  
M ( x) = V ( x)dx =  − 0 x 2 + w0 x  dx = − 0 x3 + 0 x 2 + C2
L  3 L 2

[ x = 0, M = 0] 0 = 0 + 0 + C2 ∴ C2 = 0

d2y w w
EI 2
= M = − 0 x3 + 0 x 2
dx 3 L 2
dy w w
EI = − 0 x 4 + 0 x3 + C3
dx 12 L 6

 dy  w L3 w L3 w0 L3
 x = L, = 0 0 = − 0 + 0 + C3 ∴ C3 = −
 dx  12 6 12

w0 5 w0 4 w0 L3
EIy = − x + x − x + C4
60 L 24 12

w0 L4 w0 L4 w0 L4 7 w0 L4
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = − + − + C4 ∴ C4 =
60 24 12 120
w0
(a) Elastic curve. y=− (2 x5 − 5 Lx 4 + 10 L4 x − 7 L5 ) 
120 EIL
7 w0 L4 7 w0 L4
(b) y at x = 0. yA = + yA = ↑ 
120 EI 120 EI

dy dy w0 L3 w0 L3
(c) at x = 0. =− θA = 
dx dx A 12 EI 12 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.158

(a) Determine the location and magnitude of the maximum absolute


deflection in AB between A and the center of the beam.
(b) Assuming that beam AB is a W18 × 76 rolled shape,
M 0 = 150 kip ⋅ ft, and E = 29 × 106 psi, determine the maximum
allowable length L so that the maximum deflection does not exceed
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
0.05 in.

SOLUTION

Using AB as a free body,


ΣM B = 0: −2M 0 − RA L = 0
2M 0
RA = −
L
Using portion AJ as a free body,
2M 0
ΣM J = 0: − M 0 + x+M =0
L
M0
M= ( L − 2 x)
L

d 2 y M0
EI = ( L − 2 x)
dx 2 L
dy M 0
EI = ( Lx − x 2 ) + C1
dx L
M 1 1 
EIy = 0  Lx 2 − x3  + C1 x + C2
L 2 3 

[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 = 0 − 0 + 0 + C2 C2 = 0

M0  1 3 1 3 
[ x = L, y = 0] 0 = L − L  + C1 L + 0
L  2 3 

1
C1 = − M 0 L2
6
M0  1 2 1 3 1 2 
y= Lx − x − L x 
EIL  2 3 6 
dy M 0  1 
= Lx − x 2 − L2 
dx EIL  6 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.158 (Continued)

dy
To find location of maximum deflection, set = 0.
dx
1 2
xm2 − Lxm − L =0
6

xm =
L − L2 − (4) ( L)
1
6
2

2
1 3
= 1 −  L = 0.21132 L xm = 0.211L 
2  3 

M 0 L2  1  2 1 3 1 
ym =   (0.21132) −   (0.21132) −   (0.21132) 
EI  2  3 6 
M 0 L2
= −0.0160375
EI
M 0 L2 M 0 L2
| ym | = 0.0160375 | ym | = 0.01604 
EI EI
1/ 2
 EI | ym | 
Solving for L, L= 
 0.0160375 M 0 

Data: E = 29 × 106 psi For W18 × 76 beam, I = 1330 in 4

| ym | = 0.05 in.

M 0 = 150 kip ⋅ ft = 150 × 103 lb ⋅ ft


= 1.800 × 106 lb ⋅ in
1/2
 (29 × 10 )(1330)(0.05) 
6
L= 6 
= 258.5 in. L = 21.5 ft 
 (0.0160375)(1.800 × 10 ) 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.159

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the
elastic curve, (b) the deflection at the free end.

SOLUTION
[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, V = 0]
Boundary conditions are shown at right. dy
[ x = 0, = 0] [ x = L, M = 0]
dx

dV  x x 
2
= − w = − w0 1 − 4   + 3   
dx   L   L  
 2 x 2 x3 
V = − w0  x − + 2  + CV
 L L 

[ x = L, V = 0]: 0 = − w0 [ L − 2 L + L] + CV = 0 CV = 0

dM  2 x 2 x3 
= V = − w0  x − + 2
dx  L L 
 x 2 2 x3 x4 
M = − w0  − + 2  + CM
2 3L 4 L 

1 2 1  1
[ x = L, M = 0]: 0 = − w0  L2 − L2 + L2  + CM CM = w0 L2
2 3 4  12

d2y 1 2 x3 1 x 4 1 2 
EI = M = − w0  x 2 − + − L 
dx 2 3 L 4 L2 12 
dy 1 1 x 4 1 x5 1 2 
EI = − w0  x3 − + − L x  + C1
dx 6 6 L 20 L2 12 
dy
[ x = 0, = 0] C1 = 0
dx
1 1 x5 1 x6 1 2 2 
EIy = − w0  x 4 − + − L x  + C2
 24 30 L 120 L2 24 
[ x = 0, y = 0] C2 = 0

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.159 (Continued)

w0  1 2 4 1 1 6 1 4 2
(a) Elastic curve. y=− 2 
Lx − Lx5 + x − Lx  
EIL  24 30 120 24 
(b) Deflection at x = L.
w0  1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 w0 L4 w0 L4
yB = −  L − L + L − L  = − yB = ↓ 
EIL2  24 30 120 24  40 EI 40 EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.160

Determine the reaction at A and draw the bending moment diagram for
the beam and loading shown.

[ x = 0, y = 0] [ x = L, y = 0]
 dy   dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0   x = L, dx = 0 
   

SOLUTION

Reactions are statically indeterminate.


By symmetry, RB = RA ; M B = M A

dy L
= 0 at x=
dx 2
1
ΣFy = 0: RA + RB − wL = 0 RB = RA = wL ↑ 
2

1 2
Over entire beam, M = M A + RA x − wx
2

d2y 1 1
EI 2
= M A + wLx − wx 2
dx 2 2
dy 1 1
EI = M A x + wLx 2 − wx3 + C1
dx 4 6
 dy 
 x = 0, dx = 0  0 + 0 − 0 + C1 = 0 C1 = 0
 

 L dy  1 1 1
 x = 2 , dx = 0  M A L + wL3 − wL3 + 0 = 0
  2 16 48

1
MA = − wL2 
12
1 1 1
M =− wL2 + wLx − wx 2 M = w[6 x( L − x) − L2 ]/12 
12 2 2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.161

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at point B. Use E = 29 × 106 psi.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in lbs; lengths in inches.
1 1
c= d =   (1.25)
2 2
= 0.625 in.
π π
I= c4 = (0.625) 4
4 4
= 119.84 × 10−3 in 4
EI = (29 × 106 ) (119.84 × 10−3 )
= 3.4754 × 106 lb ⋅ in 2
Use entire beam ABCD as free body.
ΣM D = 0: − 48RA + (16)(160) + (8)(200) = 0 RA = 86.667 lb↑

w( x) = 10 x − 24 0 − 10 x − 40 0 lb/in


dV
= − w = −10 x − 24 0 + 10 x − 40 0 lb/in
dx
dM
= V = −10 x − 241 + 10 x − 401 + 86.667 − 200 x − 40 0 lb ⋅ in
dx
d2y
EI = M = −5 x − 24 2 + 5 x − 40 2 + 86.667 x − 200 x − 401 lb ⋅ in
dx 2
dy 5 5
EI = −  x − 24 3 +  x − 40 3 + 43.333x 2 − 100 x − 40 2 + C1 lb ⋅ in 2
dx 3 3
5 5 100
EIy = −  x − 24 4 +  x − 40 4 + 14.4444 x3 −  x − 40 3 + C1 x + C2 lb ⋅ in 3
12 12 3

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.161 (Continued)

[ x = 0, y = 0] −0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C 2 = 0 C2 = 0

 5  5
[ x = 48, y = 0] −   (24) 4 +   (8) 4 + (14.4444)(48)3
 12   12 
 100  3
−  (8) + 48C1 = 0
 3 
C1 = −30.08 × 103 lb ⋅ in 2

 dy 
(a) Slope at end A.  dx at x = 0 
 
 dy 
EI   = −0 + 0 + 0 + C1
 dx  A

 dy  C1 −30.08 × 103
 dx  = EI = 6
= −8.66 × 10−3 θ A = 8.66 × 10−3 rad 
 A 3.4754 × 10
(b) Deflection at point B. ( y at x = 24 in.)

EIyB = −0 + 0 + (14.4444)(24)3 − 0 + (−30.08 × 103 )(24)


= −522.24 × 103 lb ⋅ in 3
−522.24 × 103
yB = = −0.1503 in. yB = 0.1503 in. ↓ 
3.4754 × 106

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.162

The rigid bar BDE is welded at point B to the rolled-steel


beam AC. For the loading shown, determine (a) the slope at
point A, (b) the deflection at point B. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

M C = 0:
− 4.5RA + (20)(3)(1.5) − (60)(1.5) = 0 RA = 0
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.

d2y 1 0 1 2
EI 2
= M = 60 x − 1.5 − 90 x − 1.5 − (20) x − 1.5
dx 2
dy 1
EI = 30 x − 1.5 2 − 90 x − 1.51 −   (20) x − 1.5 3 + C1
dx 6
1
EIy = 10 x − 1.5 3 − 45 x − 1.5 2 − (20) x − 1.5 4
24
+ C1x + C2

Boundary conditions:
[ x = 0, y = 0] 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + C2 = 0 C2 = 0
1
[ x = 4.5, y = 0] (10)(3)3 − (45)(3) 2 − (20)(3)4 + 4.5C1 + 0 = 0 C1 = 45 kN ⋅ m 2
24

Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa, I = 316 × 106 mm 4 = 316 × 10−6 m 4


EI = (200 × 109 )(316 × 10−6 ) = 63.2 × 106 N ⋅ m 2 = 63, 200 kN ⋅ m 2

 dy 
(a) Slope at A.  dx at x = 0  EIθ A = C1 = 45 kN ⋅ m 2
 
45
θA = = 0.712 × 10−3 rad θ A = 0.712 × 10−3 rad 
63, 200
(b) Deflection at B. ( y at x = 1.5)

EIyB = (C1)(1.5) = (45)(1.5) = 67.5 kN ⋅ m3


67.5
yB = = 1.068 × 10−3 m yB = 1.068 mm ↑ 
63, 200

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.163

Before the uniformly distributed load w is applied, a gap,


δ 0 = 1.2 mm, exists between the ends of the cantilever bars AB
and CD. Knowing that E = 105 GPa and w = 30 kN/m, determine
(a) the reaction at A, (b) the reaction at D.

SOLUTION

1
I= (50)(50)3 = 520.833 × 103 mm3 = 520.833 × 10−9 m
12
EI = (105 × 109 )(520.833 × 10−6 ) = 54.6875 × 103 N ⋅ m 2
= 54.6875 kN ⋅ m 2
Units: Forces in kN; lengths in meters.
Compute deflection at B due to w. Case 8 of Appendix D.

wL4 (30)(0.400) 4
( yB )1 = − =−
8 EI (8)(54.6875)
= −1.75543 × 10−3 = −1.7553 mm

The displacement is more than δ 0 , the gap closes.


Let P be the contact force between points B and C.
Compute deflection of B due to P. Use Case 1 of Appendix D.

PL3 P(0.4)3
( yB )2 = =
3EI (3)(54.6875)
= 390.095 × 10−6 P m
Compute deflection of C due to P.
PL3 P (0.25)3
yC = − =− = −95.238 × 10−6 P m
3EI (3)(54.6875)
Displacement condition:
yB + δ 0 = yC

Using superposition, ( yB )1 + ( yB )2 − δ 0 = yC

−1.75543 × 10−3 + 390.095 × 10−6 P + 1.2 × 10−3 = −95.238 × 10−6 P


485.333 × 10−6 P = 0.55543 × 10−3

P = 1.14443 kN

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.163 (Continued)

(a) Reaction at A. ΣFy = 0: RA − 12 + 1.14443 = 0

RA = 10.86 kN ↑ 

ΣM A = 0: M A − (0.2)(12) + (0.4)(1.14443) = 0

M A = 1.942 kN ⋅ m 

(b) Reaction at D. ΣFy = 0: RD − 1.14443 = 0

RD = 1.144 kN ↑ 

ΣM D = 0: −M D + (0.25)(1.14443) = 0

M D = 0.286 kN ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.164

For the loading shown, and knowing that beams AB and DE have
the same flexural rigidity, determine the reaction (a) at B, (b) at E.

SOLUTION
Units: Forces in kips; lengths in ft.
For beam ACB, using Case 4 of Appendix D:
RC (2a )3
( yC )1 = −
48 EI
For beam DCE, using Case 4 of Appendix D:
( RC − P )(2b)3
( yC )2 =
48EI
Matching deflections at C,

RC (2a )3 ( RC − P)(2b)3
− =
48 EI 48EI
Pb3 (6)(5)3
RC = 3 = = 3.968 kips
a + b3 43 + 53
P − RC = 6 − 3.968 = 2.032 kips

Using free body ACB,


M A = 0: 2aRB − aRC = 0

1
(a) Reaction at B. RB = RC RB = 1.984 kips ↑ 
2
Using free body DCE,
M D = 0: 2bRE − b( P − RC ) = 0

1
(b) Reaction at E. RE = ( P − RC ) RE = 1.016 kips ↑ 
2

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.165

For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at point A, (b) the deflection at point A. Use
E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

Units: Forces in kN; lengths in m.


E = 200 × 109 Pa
I = 40.1 × 106 mm 4 = 40.1 × 10−6 m 4
EI = (200 × 109 )(40.1 × 10−6 ) = 8.02 × 106 N ⋅ m 2
= 8020 kN ⋅ m 2
Draw M/EI diagram by parts.
M1 (18)(2.2)
= = 4.9377 × 10−3 m −1
EI 8020
1
A1 = (4.9377 × 10−3 )(2.2) = 5.4315 × 10−3
2
1
x1 = (2.2) = 0.7333 m
3
M2 (26)(2.7) 2
=− = −11.8167 × 10−3 m −1
EI (2)(8020)
1
A2 = (−11.8167 × 10−3 )(2.7) = −10.6350 × 10−3
3
1
x2 = (2.7) = 0.675 m
4
Draw reference tangent at C.
θC = θ A + θC / A = θ A + A1 + A2 = 0

(a) Slope at A.

θ A = − A1 − A2 = −5.4315 × 10−3 + 10.6350 × 10−3


= 5.20 × 10−3 rad

θ A = 5.20 × 10−3 rad 




PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.165 (Continued)

(b) Deflection at A.
y A = yC − θC L + t A / C
= 0 − 0 + A1x1 + A2 x2
= 0 − 0 + (5.4315 × 10−3 )(1.9667) − (10.6350 × 10−3 )(2.025)
= −10.85 × 10−3 m

 y A = 10.85 mm ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.166

Knowing that the magnitude of the load P is 7 kips, determine


(a) the slope at end A, (b) the deflection at end A, (c) the deflection
6
at midpoint C of the beam. Use E = 29 ×10 psi.

SOLUTION

Use units of kips and ft. P = 7 kips

For S6 × 12.5, I = 22.0 in 4

EI = (29 × 106 )(22.0) = 638 × 106 lb ⋅ in 2


= 4430.6 kip ⋅ ft 2
Symmetric beam with symmetric loading. Place reference
tangent at midpoint C where θC = 0.

1
RB = RD = (1.5 + 7 + 1.5) = 5 kips ↑
2
Draw the bending moment diagram by parts for the left half of
the beam.
M1 = (4.5)(5) = 22.5 kip ⋅ ft
1
A1 = (4.5)(22.5) = 50.625 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
M 2 = −(2 + 4.5)(1.5) = −9.75 kip ⋅ ft
1
A2 = (6.5)(−9.75) = −31.6875 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
M 3 = −(2)(1.5) = −3 kip ⋅ ft
1
A3 = (2)(−3) = −3 kip ⋅ ft 2
2
Formulas: θ A = −θC / A , y A − yC = t A / C yc = y A − t A / C

yB = y A − 2θ A + t B / A = 0, y A = −2θ A − t B / A
1 50.625 − 31.6875
θC / A = ( A1 + A2 ) = = 4.27425 × 10−3
EI 4430.6
1  2  115.8125
tA/C = (2 + 3) A1 + (6.5) A2  = = 26.1392 × 10 −3 ft
EI  3  4430.6
1 1  −2
tB / A =  (2) A3  = = −0.45141 × 10 −3 ft
EI  3  4430.6

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.166 (Continued)

(a) Slope at end A. θ A = −4.27 × 10−3 rad θ A = 4.27 × 10−3 rad 

(b) Deflection at A. y A = −(2)(−4.27425 × 10−3 ) − (−0.45141 × 10−3 )

= 8.9999 × 10 −3 ft y A = 0.1080 in. ↑ 

(c) Deflection at C. yC = 8.9999 × 10−3 − 26.1392 × 10−3 = −17.1393 × 10 −3 ft

yC = −0.206 in. yC = 0.206 in. ↓ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.167

For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point C,
(b) the deflection at point C.

SOLUTION

PaL
A1 = − ,
2 EI
Pa 2
A2 = −
2 EI
2  PaL2
t A/B = A1  L  = −
3  3EI
t PaL
θ B = A/B = −
L 3EI

(a) Slope at C.
θC = θ B + θC/B
PaL Pa 2
θC = − −
3EI 2 EI
Pa (2 L + 3a) Pa(2 L + 3a)
=− θC = 
6 EI 6 EI
(b) Deflection at point C.
yC = aθ B + tC/B
Pa 2 L  Pa 2  2 
yC = − +−   a 
3EI  2 EI  3 
Pa 2 ( L + a ) Pa 2 ( L + a)
=− yC = ↓ 
3EI 3EI

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
PROBLEM 9.168

A hydraulic jack can be used to raise point B of the cantilever


beam ABC. The beam was originally straight, horizontal, and
unloaded. A 20-kN load was then applied at point C, causing this
point to move down. Determine (a) how much point B should be
raised to return point C to its original position, (b) the final value
of the reaction at B. Use E = 200 GPa.

SOLUTION

For W130 × 23.8, I x = 8.91 × 106 mm 4

EI = (200 × 106 kPa)(8.91 × 10−6 m 4 ) = 1782 kN ⋅ m 2

Let RB be the jack force in kN.

1
A1 = (1.8 RB )(1.8) = 1.62 RB
2
1
A2 = (−60)(3) = −90 kN ⋅ m 2
2
EI tC / A = (2.4) A1 + (2) A2
0 = (2.4)(1.62 RB ) + (2)(−90)
RB = 46.296 kN
A1 = 75 kN ⋅ m 2
1
A3 = (−60)(1.8) = −54 kN ⋅ m 2
2
1
A4 = (−24)(1.8) = −21.6 kN ⋅ m 2
2
EIt B/A = (1.2) A1 + (1.2) A3 + (0.6) A4
= (1.2)(75) + (1.2)(−54) + (0.6)(−21.6)
= 12.24 kN ⋅ m 2

EI t B / A 12.24
(a) Deflection at B. yB = tB / A = = = 6.8687 × 10−3 m yB = 6.87 mm ↑ 
EI 1782
(b) Reaction at B. RB = 46.3 kN ↑ 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

You might also like